UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Form 10-K

UNITED STATES

(Mark One)

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONþ

WASHINGTON, DC 20549


FORM 10-K/A

AMENDMENT NO. 1

ANNUAL REPORT

PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


(Mark One)

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THESECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 20082010

or

or

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 001-12537
QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

For the transition period from _____________ to _______________

California
Commission file number: 0-13801

Quality Systems, Inc.


(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

California

95-2888568



(State or other jurisdictionOther Jurisdiction of


Incorporation or Organization)

95-2888568
(I.R.S.IRS Employer
Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600, Irvine, California 92612



(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

offices)
92612
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(949) 255-2600
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

(949) 255-2600


(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

$0.01 Par Value

Nasdaq

NASDAQ Global Select Market

(

Title of each class)

class

(

Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None


(Title of class)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No xþ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No xþ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter

-1-



period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes xþ     No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 ofRegulation S-T

(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes o     No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 ofRegulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of thisForm 10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K.  xo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

(Check one):

Large accelerated filer oþ

Accelerated filer xo

Non-accelerated filer o

Smaller reporting company o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined inRule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No xþ

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of September 30, 2007: $640,154,0002009: $1,168,507,000 (based on the closing sales price of the Registrant’s common stock as reported inon the NASDAQ NationalGlobal Select Market System on that date $36.63of $61.57 per share).* (1)

The Registrant has no non-voting common equity.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Common Stock, $.01 par value

$0.01 Par Value

27,765,027

28,884,481


(Class)

(Outstanding at July 18, 2008)

May 21, 2010)

               * For purposes of this Report, in addition to those shareholders which fall within the definition of “affiliates” under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, holders of ten percent or more of the Registrant’s common stock are deemed to be affiliates for purposes of this Report.

               (1) On January 31, 2006, the registrant declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to its outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders of record on March 3, 2006. On February 2, 2005, the registrant declared a 2-for-1 stock split with respect to its outstanding shares of common stock for shareholders of record on March 4, 2005. All share prices and share amounts set forth herein have been retroactively adjusted to reflect such stock splits.

*For purposes of this Annual Report onForm 10-K, in addition to those shareholders which fall within the definition of “affiliates” under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, holders of ten percent or more of the Registrant’s common stock are deemed to be affiliates for purposes of this Report.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None.

EXPLANATORY NOTE

          This Amendment No. 1 to

The following documents (or parts thereof) are incorporated by reference into the following parts of thisForm 10-K is being filed to include10-K:
Proxy Statement for the information required by2010 Annual Meeting of Shareholders — Part III Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.

-2-




QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.


Part IIIFORM 10-K


For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010

INDEX

ITEM 10.

Item

Page
Business4
Risk Factors13
Unresolved Staff Comments24
Properties25
Legal Proceedings25
Reserved25
PART II
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities25
Selected Financial Data28
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations29
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk52
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data53
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure53
Controls and Procedures53
Other Information54
PART III
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance54
Executive Compensation54
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters54
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence54
Principal Accountant Fees and Services54
PART IV
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules55
Signatures59
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCEEX-10.36

EX-10.37
EX-10.38
EX-10.39
EX-10.40
EX-10.41
EX-10.42
EX-10.43
EX-10.44
EX-21
EX-23.1
EX-23.2
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32.1

DIRECTORS
2

          The following


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
Statements made in this Annual Report onForm 10-K (this “Report”), the Annual Report to Shareholders in which this Report is made a part, other reports and proxy statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), communications to shareholders, press releases and oral statements made by our representatives that are not historical in nature, or that state our or management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations or predictions of the future, may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “could,” “should,” “will,” “will be,” “will lead,” “will assist,” “intended,” “continue,” “believe,” “may,” “expect,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “goal,” “forecast,” “plan,” or “estimate” or variations thereof or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance.
Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. It is important to note that any such performance and actual results, financial condition or business, could differ materially from those expressed in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, the risk factors discussed in Item 1A of this Report as well as factors discussed elsewhere in this and other reports and documents we file with the Commission. Other unforeseen factors not identified herein could also have such an effect. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or changes in future operating results, financial condition or business over time unless required by law. Interested persons are directorsurged to review the risks described under Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” as well as in our company:other public disclosures and filings with the Commission.


3


PART I
ITEM 1.BUSINESS
Patrick B. ClineCompany Overview
Quality Systems, Inc., age 47,including its wholly-owned subsidiaries, is a director and since 1996 has been  Presidentcomprised of ourthe QSI Dental Division, NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Division (formerly, Clinitec)Inc. (“NextGen Division”), including NextGen Sphere, LLC and Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (“HSI”) and Practice Management Partners, Inc. (“PMP”) (“Practice Solutions Division”) (collectively, the “Company”, “we”, “our”, or “us”). He served as our interim Chief Executive Officer for the April to July 2000 period. Mr. Cline was a co-founder of Clinitec; a company we acquired in 1996,The Company develops and has served as its President from its inception in January 1994. Prior to co-founding Clinitec, Mr. Cline served from July 1987 to January 1994 as Vice President of Sales and Marketing with Script Systems, a subsidiary of InfoMed, amarkets healthcare information systems that automate certain aspects of medical and dental practices, networks of practices such as physician hospital organizations (“PHOs”) and management service organizations (“MSOs”), ambulatory care centers, community health centers, and medical and dental schools. The Company also provides revenue cycle management (“RCM”) services through the Practice Solutions Division.
The Company, a California corporation formed in 1974, was founded with an early focus on providing information systems to dental group practices. In the mid-1980’s, we capitalized on the increasing focus on medical cost containment and further expanded our information processing systems to serve the medical market. In the mid-1990’s, we made two acquisitions that accelerated our penetration of the medical market. These two acquisitions formed the basis for the NextGen Division. Today, we serve the medical and dental markets through our NextGen Division and QSI Dental Division.
Business Segments
Historically, the Company has operated principally through two operating divisions: QSI Dental Division and NextGen Division. Through our acquisitions of HSI and PMP in 2008, we continued to strengthen our RCM service offerings. During fiscal year 2010, as a result of certain organizational changes, the composition of the Company’s NextGen Division was revised to exclude the former NextGen Practice Solutions unit and the Company’s RCM entities (HSI and PMP), both of which are now administered and aggregated in the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Following the reorganization, the Company now operates three reportable operating segments (not including Corporate), comprised of the NextGen Division, the QSI Dental Division and the Practice Solutions Division. As a result, our fiscal year 2010 and 2009 results have beenre-casted to reflect this change.
The following table breaks down our reported segment revenue and segment revenue growth by division for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
                         
  Segment Revenue Breakdown
  Segment Revenue Growth
 
  for the Year Ended March 31,  for the Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008  2010  2009  2008 
 
QSI Dental Division  5.9%  6.5%  8.6%  8.1%  (1.2)%  (3.3)%
NextGen Division  79.4%  83.1%  91.4%  13.6%  19.6%  21.3%
Practice Solutions Division  14.7%  10.4%  0.0%  67.5%  N/A   N/A 
                         
Consolidated  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  18.9%  31.6%  18.7%
                         
QSI Dental Division.  The QSI Dental Division, co-located with our Corporate Headquarters in Irvine, California, currently focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental and certain niche medical practices. In addition, the Division supports a number of medical clients that utilize its UNIX based medical practice management software product and Software as a Service, or SaaS model, based NextDDS financial and clinical software.
The QSI Dental Division’s practice management software suite utilizes a UNIX operating system. Its Clinical Product Suite (“CPS”) utilizes a Windows NT operating system and can be fully integrated with the practice management software from each Division. CPS incorporates a wide range of clinical tools including, but not limited to, periodontal charting and digital imaging of X-ray and inter-oral camera images as part of the electronic patient record. The Division develops, markets, and manages our Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”)/connectivity applications. The QSInet Application Service Provider (“ASP/Internet”) offering is also developed and marketed by the Division.


4


In July 2009, we licensed source code from PlanetDDS, Inc. that will allow us to deliver hosted, web-based SaaS model practice management and clinical software solutions to the dental industry. The software solution will be marketed primarily to the multi-location dental group practice market in which the Division has historically been a dominant player. This new software solution (NextDDS) brings the QSI Dental Division to the forefront of the emergence of internet based applications and cloud computing and represents a significant growth opportunity for the Division to sell both to its existing customer base as well as new customers.
NextGen Division.  The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, and significant locations in Atlanta, Georgia and Austin, Texas, provides integrated clinical, financial and connectivity solutions for ambulatory, inpatient and dental provider organizations.
On August 12, 2009, we acquired NextGen Sphere, LLC (“Sphere”), a provider of financial information systems to the small hospital inpatient market. This acquisition is also part of our strategy to expand into the small hospital market and to add new customers by taking advantage of cross selling opportunities between the ambulatory and inpatient markets.
On February 10, 2010, we acquired Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (“Opus”), a provider of clinical information systems to the small hospital inpatient market. Founded in 1987 and headquartered in Austin, Texas, Opus delivers web-based clinical solutions to hospital systems and integrated health networks nationwide. This acquisition complements and will be integrated with the assets of Sphere. Both companies are established developers of software and services for the inpatient market and will operate under the Company’s NextGen Division.
The NextGen Division’s major product categories include:
• NextGen ambulatory product suite that integrates as one system to streamline patient care with standardized, real-time clinical and administrative workflow through the practice, which consists of:
○ NextGen Electronic Health Records (“NextGenehr”) to ensure complete, accurate documentation to manage patient care electronically and to improve clinical processes and patient outcomes with electronic charting at the point of care; and
○ NextGen Enterprise Practice Management (“NextGenepm”) to automate business processes, from front-end scheduling to back-end collections and financial and administrative processes for increased performance and efficiencies.
• NextGen inpatient products that deliver secure, highly adaptable, and easy to use applications to patient centered hospitals and health systems, which consists of:
○ NextGen Clinicals, which resides on an advanced truly active web 2.0 platform — and is designed to initiate widespread work efficiency and communication, reduce errors andtime-to-chart, and improve care; and
○ NextGen Financials, which is a financial and administrative system that helps hospitals significantly improve the smart operations and financial and regulatory management of their facilities.
• NextGen Community Connectivity, which consists of:
○ NextGen Health Information Exchange (“HIE”), formerly Community Health Solution, to exchange patient data securely with community healthcare organizations;
○ NextGen Patient Portal (“NextMD.com”) to communicate with patients online and import information directly into NextGenehr; and
○ NextGen Health Quality Measures (“HQM”) to allow seamless quality measurement and reporting for practice and physician performance initiatives.
The NextGen Division products utilize Microsoft Windows technology and can operate in a client-server environment as well as via private intranet, the Internet, or in an ASP environment.


5


Services provided by the NextGen Division include:
• EDI services that are intended to automate a number of manual, often paper-based or telephony intensive communications between patientsand/or providersand/or payors;
• Hosting services that allow practices seeking the benefits of IT automation but not the maintenance of in-house hardware and networking;
• NextGuard — Data Protection services that provide an off-site, data archiving, restoration, and disaster recovery preparedness solution for practices to protect clinical and financial data;
• Consulting services, such as data conversions or interface development, that allow practices to build custom add-on features; and
• Physician Resources services that allow practices to consult with the NextGen Division’s physician team.
Practice Solutions Division.  The Practice Solutions Division, with locations in St. Louis, Missouri and Hunt Valley, Maryland, focuses primarily on providing physician practices with RCM services, primarily billing and collection services for medical practices. This Division combines a web-delivered SaaS model and the NextGenepm software platform to execute its service offerings. We intend to transition our customer base onto the NextGen platform within the next two years. The Practice Solutions Division provides technology solutions and consulting services to cover the full spectrum of providers’ revenue cycle needs from patient access to claims denials.
Practice Solutions Division revenue growth in both fiscal years 2010 and 2009 was impacted by the acquisitions of HSI and PMP in May 2008 and October 2008, respectively.
On May 20, 2008, we acquired St. Louis-based HSI, a full-service healthcare RCM company. HSI operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 1996, HSI provides RCM services to providers including health systems, hospitals, and physicians in private practice with an in-house team of more than 200 employees, including specialists in medical billing, coding and compliance, payor credentialing, and information technology. We intend to cross sell both software and RCM services to the acquired customer base of HSI and the NextGen Division.
On October 28, 2008, we acquired Maryland-based PMP, a full-service healthcare RCM company. This acquisition is also part of our growth strategy for our Practice Solutions Division. Similar to HSI, PMP operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 2001, PMP provides physician billing and technology management services to healthcare providers, primarily in the Mid-Atlantic region. We intend to cross sell both software and RCM services to the acquired customer base of PMP and the NextGen Division.
The three Divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations, with each Division maintaining its own distinct product lines, product platforms, development, implementation and support teams, sales staffing and branding. The three Divisions share the resources of our “corporate office,” which includes a variety of accounting and other administrative functions. Additionally, there are a small but growing number of clients who are simultaneously utilizing software or services from more than one of our three Divisions.
We continue to pursue product and service enhancement initiatives within each Division. The majority of such expenditures are currently targeted to the NextGen Division product line and client base.
Industry Background
The turbulence in the worldwide economy has impacted almost all industries. While healthcare is not immune to economic cycles, we believe it is more resilient than most segments of the economy. The impact of the current economic conditions on our existing and prospective clients has been mixed. We continue to see organizations that are doing fairly well operationally; however, some organizations with a large dependency on Medicaid populations are being impacted by the challenging financial condition of the many state governments in whose jurisdictions they conduct business. A positive factor for U.S. healthcare is the fact that the Obama Administration is pursuing broad healthcare reform aimed at improving issues surrounding healthcare. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”), which became law on February 17, 2009, includes more than $20 billion to help healthcare


6


organizations modernize operations through the acquisition of health care information technology. While we are unsure of the immediate impact from the ARRA, the long-term potential could be significant.
Moreover, to compete in the continually changing healthcare environment, providers are increasingly using technology to help maximize the efficiency of their business practices, to assist in enhancing patient care, and to maintain the privacy of patient information.
As the reimbursement environment continues to evolve, more healthcare providers enter into contracts, often with multiple entities, which define the terms under which care is administered and paid. The diversity of payor organizations, as well as additional government regulation and changes in reimbursement models, have greatly increased the complexity of pricing, billing, reimbursement, and records management for medical and dental practices. To operate effectively, healthcare provider organizations must efficiently manage patient care and other information and workflow processes, which increasingly extend across multiple locations and business entities.
In response, healthcare provider organizations have placed increasing demands on their information systems. Initially, these information systems automated financial and administrative functions. As it became necessary to manage patient flow processes, the need arose to integrate “back-office” data with such clinical information as patient test results and office visits. We believe information systems must facilitate management of patient information incorporating administrative, financial and clinical information from multiple entities. In addition, large healthcare organizations increasingly require information systems that can deliver high performance in environments with multiple concurrent computer users.
Many existing healthcare information systems were designed for limited administrative tasks such as billing and scheduling and can neither accommodate multiple computing environments nor operate effectively across multiple locations and entities. We believe that practices that leverage technology to more efficiently handle patient clinical data as well as administrative, financial and other practice management data will be best able to enhance patient flow, pursue cost efficiencies, and improve quality of care. As healthcare organizations transition to new computer platforms and newer technologies, we believe such organizations will be migrating toward the implementation of enterprise-wide, patient-centric computing systems embedded with automated clinical patient records.
Our Strategy
Our strategy is, at present, to focus on providing software and services to medical practices, dental practices, hospitals, health centers, and other healthcare providers. Among the key elements of this strategy are:
• Continued development and enhancement of select software solutions in target markets;
• Continued investments in our infrastructure including, but not limited to, product development, sales, marketing, implementation, and support;
• Continued efforts to make infrastructure investments within an overall context of maintaining reasonable expense discipline;
• Addition of new customers through maintaining and expanding sales, marketing and product development activities;
• Expanding our relationship with existing customers through delivery of add-on and complementary products and services; and
• Continuing our gold standard commitment of service in support of our customers.
While these are the key elements of our current strategy, there can be no guarantee that our strategy will not change, or that we will succeed in achieving these goals individually or collectively.
Products and Services
In response to the growing need for more comprehensive, cost-effective healthcare information solutions for medical practices, dental practices, hospitals, health centers, and other healthcare providers, our systems and services provide our clients with the ability to redesign patient care and other workflow processes while improving


7


productivity through facilitation of managed access to patient information. Utilizing our proprietary software in combination with third party hardware and software solutions, our products enable the integration of a variety of administrative and clinical information operations. Leveraging more than 30 years of experience in the healthcare information services industry, we believe we continue to add value by providing our clients with sophisticated, full-featured software systems along with comprehensive systems implementation, maintenance and support services. Any single transaction may or may not include software, hardware or services.
NextGen Ambulatory Practice Management Systems.  Our products consist primarily of proprietary healthcare software applications together with third party hardware and other non-industry specific software. The systems range in capacity from one to thousands of users, allowing us to address the needs of both small and large organizations. The systems are modular in design and may be expanded to accommodate changing client requirements. We offer both standard licenses and SaaS arrangements in our software offerings; although to date, SaaS arrangements have represented less than 5% of our arrangements.
NextGenepm is the NextGen Division’s practice management offering. NextGenepm has been developed with a functionally graphical user interface (“GUI”) certified for use with Windows 2000 and Windows XP operating systems. The product leverages a relational database (Microsoft SQL Server) with support on both 32 and 64 bit enterprise servers. NextGenepm is a scalable, multi-module solution that includes a master patient index, enterprise-wide appointment scheduling with referral tracking, clinical support, and centralized or decentralized patient financial management based on either a managed care orfee-for-service model. The NextGenepm product is a highly configurable, cost-effective proven solution that enables the effective management of both single and multi-practice settings.
NextGen Ambulatory Clinical Systems.  The NextGen Division provides clinical software applications that are complementary to, and are integrated with, our medical practice management offerings and interface with many of the other leading practice management software systems on the market. The applications incorporated into our practice management solutions and others such as scheduling, eligibility, billing and claims processing are augmented by clinical information captured by NextGenehr, including services rendered and diagnoses used for billing purposes. We believe that we currently provide a comprehensive information management solution for the medical marketplace.
NextGenehr was developed with client-server architecture and a GUI and utilizes Microsoft Windows 2000, Windows NT or Windows XP on each workstation and either Windows 2000, Windows NT, Windows XP or UNIX on the database server. NextGenehr maintains data using industry standard relational database engines such as Microsoft SQL Server or Oracle. The system is scalable from one to thousands of workstations. NextGenehr stores and maintains clinical data including:
• Data captured using user-customizable input “templates”;
• Scanned or electronically acquired images, including X-rays and photographs;
• Data electronically acquired through interfaces with clinical instruments or external systems;
• Other records, documents or notes, including electronically captured handwriting and annotations; and
• Digital voice recordings.
NextGenehr also offers a workflow module, prescription management, automatic document and letter generation, patient education, referral tracking, interfaces to billing and lab systems, physician alerts and reminders, and powerful reporting and data analysis tools. NextGen Express is a version of NextGenehr designed for small practices.
QSI Dental Division Practice Management and Clinical Systems.  In fiscal year 2010, we began selling a hosted SaaS practice management and clinical software solutions to the dental industry. The software solution is marketed primarily to the multi-location dental group practice market for which the Division has historically been a dominate player. This new software solution brings the QSI Dental Division to the forefront of the emergence of internet based applications and cloud computing and represents a significant growth opportunity for us to sell both to our existing customer base as well as new customers.


8


In addition to the SaaS practice management offering, the QSI Dental Division also sells a character-based practice management system using the IBM RS6000 central processing unit and IBM’S AIX version of the UNIX operating system platform. The hardware components, as well as the requisite operating system licenses, are purchased from manufacturers or distributors of those components. We configure and test the hardware components and incorporate our software and other third party packages into completed systems. We continually evaluate third party hardware components with a view toward utilizing hardware that is functional, reliable and cost-effective.
In addition to the SaaS clinical offering, our dental charting software system, the CPS is a comprehensive solution designed specifically for the dental group practice environment. CPS integrates the dental practice management product with a computer-based clinical information system that incorporates a wide range of clinical tools, including electronic charting of dental procedures, treatment plans and existing conditions, periodontal charting via light-pen, voice-activation, or keyboard entry for full periodontal examinations and PSR scoring, digital imaging of X-ray and intra-oral camera images, computer-based patient education modules, viewable chair-side to enhance case presentation, full access to patient information, treatment plans, and insurance plans via a fully integrated interface with our dental practice management product and document and image scanning for digital storage and linkage to the electronic patient record.
The result is a comprehensive clinical information management system that helps practices save time, reduce costs, improve case presentation, and enhance the delivery of dental services and quality of care. Clinical information is managed and maintained electronically thus forming an electronic patient record that allows for the implementation of the “chartless” office.
CPS incorporates Windows-based client-server technology consisting of one or more file servers together with any combination of one or more desktop, laptop, or pen-based PC workstations. The file server(s) used in connection with CPS utilize(s) Windows 2000 or Windows 2003 operating system and the hardware is typically an Intel-based single or multi-processor platform. Based on the server configuration chosen, CPS is scalable from one to hundreds of workstations. The hardware components, including the requisite operating system licenses, are purchased from third party manufacturers or distributors either directly by the customer or by us for resale to the customer.
NextGen Inpatient Solutions.  NextGen inpatient solutions includes both clinical and financial applications to provide value based solutions for even rural and community hospitals to improve patient safety, automate order entry, and facilitate real-time communication of patient information throughout the hospital. NextGen inpatient solutions are highly scalable, secure and easy to use with a Web 2.0 based clinical component that leverages full “cloud computing” capabilities.
Revenue Cycle Management Services.  Our Practice Solutions Division offers RCM services to physicians. Our RCM service automates and manages billing-related functions for physician practices to help manage reimbursement quickly and efficiently. RCM services generally include:
• Electronic claims submission service that submits Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) compliant insurance claims electronically to insurance payers;
• Electronic remittance and payment posting service that uses NextGen Document Management system to link an image of each explanation of benefit (“EOB”) to the corresponding encounter at the time of payment posting to minimizes the need for storage of paper EOBs; and
• Accounts receivablefollow-up methodology that allows practices to establish parameters, adjustment rules and standards for account elevation.
Electronic Data Interchange.  We make available EDI capabilities and connectivity services to our customers. The EDI/connectivity capabilities encompass direct interfaces between our products and external third party systems, as well as transaction-based services. EDI products are intended to automate a number of manual, often paper-based or telephony intensive communications between patientsand/or providersand/or payors. Two of the more common EDI services are forwarding insurance claims electronically from providers to payors and assisting practices with issuing statements to patients. Most client practices utilize at least some of these services from us or one of our competitors. Other EDI/connectivity services are used more sporadically by client practices.


9


We typically compete to displace incumbent vendors for claims and statements accounts and attempt to increase usage of other elements in our EDI/connectivity product line. In general, EDI services are only sold to those accounts utilizing software from either the QSI Dental or NextGen Divisions. Services include:
• Electronic claims submission through our relationships with a number of payors and national claims clearinghouses;
• Electronic patient statement processing, appointment reminder cards and calls, recall cards, patient letters, and other correspondence;
• Electronic insurance eligibility verification; and
• Electronic posting of remittances from insurance carriers into the accounts receivable application.
Community Connectivity.  The NextGen Division also markets NextGen HIE to facilitate cross-enterprise data sharing, enabling individual medical practices in a given community to selectively share critical data, such as demographics, referrals, medications lists, allergies, diagnoses, lab results, histories and more. This is accomplished through a secure, community-wide data repository that links health care providers, whether they have the NextGenehs system, another compatible electronic medical records system, or no electronic medical records system, together with hospitals, payors, labs and other entities. The product is designed to facilitate a Regional Health Information Organization. The result is that for every health care encounter in the community, a patient-centric and complete record is accessible for the provider. The availability, currency and completeness of information plus the elimination of duplicate data entry can lead to significantly improved patient safety, enhanced decision making capabilities, time efficiencies and cost savings. Our NextGen Division maintains an Internet-based patient health portal, NextMD.com. NextMD.com is a vertical portal for the healthcare industry, linking patients with their physicians, while providing a centralized source of health-oriented information for both consumers and medical professionals. Patients whose physicians are linked to the portal are able to request appointments, send appointment changes or cancellations, receive test results on-line, request prescription refills, viewand/or pay their statements, and communicate with their physicians, all in a secure, on-line environment. Our NextGen suite of information systems are or can be linked to NextMD.com, integrating a number of these features with physicians’ existing systems.
Sales and Marketing
We sell and market our products nationwide primarily through a direct sales force. The efforts of the direct sales force are augmented by a small number of reseller relationships established by us. Software license sales to resellers represented less than 10% of total revenue for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
Our direct sales force typically makes presentations to potential clients by demonstrating the system and our capabilities on the prospective client’s premises. Sales efforts aimed at smaller practices can be performed on the prospective clients’ premises, or remotely via telephone or Internet-based presentations. Our sales and marketing employees identify prospective clients through a variety of means, including referrals from existing clients, industry consultants, contacts at professional society meetings, trade shows and seminars, trade journal advertising, direct mail advertising, and telemarketing.
Our sales cycle can vary significantly and typically ranges from six to twenty-four months from initial contact to contract execution. Software licenses are normally delivered to a customer almost immediately upon receipt of an order. Implementation and training services are normally rendered based on a mutually agreed upon timetable. As part of the fees paid by our clients, we normally receive up-front licensing fees. Clients have the option to purchase maintenance services which, if purchased, are invoiced on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis.
Several clients have purchased our practice management software and, in turn, are providing either time-share or billing services to single and group practice practitioners. Under the time-share or billing service agreements, the client provides the use of our software for a fee to one or more practitioners. Although we typically do not receive a fee directly from the distributor’s customers, implementation of such arrangements has, from time to time, resulted in the purchase of additional software capacity by the distributor, as well as new software purchases made by the distributor’s customers should such customers decide to perform the practice management functions in-house.


10


We continue to concentrate our direct sales and marketing efforts on medical and dental practices, networks of such practices including MSOs and PHOs, professional schools, community health centers and other ambulatory care settings.
MSOs, PHOs and similar networks to which we have sold systems provide use of our software to those group and single physician practices associated with the organization or hospital on either a service basis or by directing us to contract with those practices for the sale of stand-alone systems.
We have also entered into marketing assistance agreements with certain of our clients pursuant to which the clients allow us to demonstrate to potential clients the use of systems on the existing clients’ premises.
From January 1994time to May 1994,time we assist prospective clients in identifying third party sources for financing the purchase of our systems. The financing is typically obtained by the client directly from institutional lenders and typically takes the form of a loan from the institution secured by the system to be purchased or a leasing arrangement. We do not guarantee the financing nor retain any continuing interest in the transaction.
We have numerous clients and do not believe that the loss of any single client would adversely affect us. No client accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 or 2008.
Customer Service and Support
We believe our success is attributable in part to our customer service and support departments. We offer support to our clients seven days a week, 24 hours a day.
Our client support staff is comprised of specialists who are knowledgeable in the areas of software and hardware as well as in theday-to-day operations of a practice. System support activities range from correcting minor procedural problems in the client’s system to performing complex database reconstructions or software updates.
We utilize automated online support systems which assist clients in resolving minor problems and facilitate automated electronic retrieval of problems and symptoms following a client’s call to the automated support system. Additionally, our online support systems maintain call records, available at both the client’s facility and our offices.
We offer our clients support services for most system components, including hardware and software, for a fixed monthly, quarterly or annual fee. Customers also receive access to future unspecified versions of the software, on awhen-and-if available basis, as part of support services. We also subcontract, in certain instances, with third party vendors to perform specific hardware maintenance tasks.
Implementation and Training
We offer full service implementation and training services. When a client signs a contract for the purchase of a system that includes implementation and training services, a client manager/implementation specialist trained in medicaland/or dental group practice procedures is assigned to assist the client in the installation of the system and the training of appropriate practice staff. Implementation services include loading the software, training customer personnel, data conversion, running test data, and assisting in the development and documentation of procedures. Implementation and training services are provided by our employees as well as certified third parties and certain resellers.
Training may include a combination of computer assisted instruction, or CAI, for certain of our products, remote training techniques and training classes conducted at the client’s or our office(s). CAI consists of workbooks, computer interaction and self-paced instruction. CAI is also offered to clients, for an additional charge, after the foundinginitial training program is completed for the purpose of Clinitec, Mr. Cline continuedtraining new and additional employees. Remote training allows a trainer at our offices to serve,train one or more people at a client site via telephone and computer connection, thus allowing an interactive and client-specific mode of training without the expense and time required for travel. In addition, our on-line “help” and other documentation features facilitate client training as well as ongoing support.


11


In addition, NextGen“E-learning” is an on-line learning subscription service which allows end users to train on a part-time basis, as Script Systems’ Vice Presidentthe software on the internet.E-learning allows end users to self manage their own learning with their personal learning path and pace. The service allows users to track the status of Salescourses taken.
At present, our training facilities are located in (i) Horsham, Pennsylvania, (ii) Atlanta, Georgia, (iii) Dallas, Texas, and Marketing. Mr. Cline has held senior positions(iv) Irvine, California.
Competition
The markets for healthcare information systems and services are intensely competitive. The industry is highly fragmented and includes numerous competitors, none of which we believe dominates these markets. Our principal existing competitors in the healthcare information systems industry since 1981. Mr. Clineand services market include: eClinicalWorks, GE Healthcare (“GE”), Allscripts-Misys Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (“Allscripts”), EPIC and other competitors.
Our recent entry into the small hospital market has introduced new competitors, including Computer Programs and Systems, Inc., Healthland and Healthcare Management Systems, Inc.
The electronic patient records and connectivity markets, in particular, are subject to rapid changes in technology, and we expect that competition in these market segments will increase as new competitors enter the market. We believe our principal competitive advantages are the features and capabilities of our products and services, our high level of customer support, and our extensive experience in the industry.
The revenue cycle management market is also intensely competitive as other healthcare information systems companies, such as GE and Allscripts, are also in the market of selling both practice management and electronic health records software and medical billing and collection services.
Product Enhancement and Development
The healthcare information management and computer software and hardware industries are characterized by rapid technological change requiring us to engage in continuing investments to update, enhance, and improve our systems. During fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008, we expended approximately $24.5 million, $19.7 million, and $17.4 million, respectively, on research and development activities, including capitalized software amounts of $7.9 million, $5.9 million, and $6.0 million, respectively. In addition, a portion of our product enhancements have resulted from software development work performed under contracts with our clients.
OTHER INFORMATION
Employees
As of March 31, 2010, we employed approximately 1,502 persons, of which 1,466 were full-time employees. We believe that our future success depends in part upon recruiting and retaining qualified sales, marketing and technical personnel as well as other employees.
Intellectual Property
To protect our intellectual property, we enter into confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees with whom such controls are relevant. Certain qualified employees enter into additional agreements that permit them access under certain circumstances, to software matters that are both confidential and more strictly controlled. In addition, we include intellectual property protective provisions in many of our customer contracts.
Available Information
Our Internet Web site address iswww.qsii.com. We make our periodic and current reports, together with amendments to these reports, available on our Internet Web site, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Commission. You may access such filings under the “Investor Relations” button on our Web site. Members of the public may also read and copy any materials we file with, or furnish to, the Commission at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. To


12


obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room, please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains an Internet site atwww.sec.gov that contains the reports, proxy statements and other information that we file electronically with the Commission. The information on our Internet Web site is not incorporated by reference into this Report or any other report or information we file with the Commission.
ITEM 1A.RISK FACTORS
The more prominent risks and uncertainties inherent in our business are described below. However, additional risks and uncertainties may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations will likely suffer. Any of these or other factors could harm our business and future results of operations and may cause you to lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business
The effects of the recent global economic crisis may impact our business, operating results or financial condition.  The recent global economic crisis has caused a general tightening in the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity, increases in the rates of default and bankruptcy, and extreme volatility in credit, equity and fixed income markets. These macroeconomic developments could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition in a number of ways. For example, current or potential customers may be unable to fund software purchases, which could cause them to delay, decrease or cancel purchases of our products and services or to not pay us or to delay paying us for previously purchased products and services. Our clients may cease business operations or conduct business on a greatly reduced basis. Finally, our investment portfolio, which includes auction rate securities, is generally subject to general credit, liquidity, counterparty, market and interest rate risks that may be exacerbated by the recent global financial crisis. If the banking system or the fixed income, credit or equity markets continue to deteriorate or remain volatile, our investment portfolio may be impacted and the values and liquidity of our investments could be adversely affected as well.
We face significant, evolving competition which, if we fail to properly address, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and price of our stock.  The markets for healthcare information systems are intensely competitive, and we face significant competition from a number of different sources. Several of our competitors have significantly greater name recognition as well as substantially greater financial, technical, product development and marketing resources than we do. There has been significant merger and acquisition activity among a directornumber of our company since 2005.competitors in recent years. Transaction induced pressures, or other related factors may result in price erosion or other negative market dynamics that could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and price of our stock.
We compete in all of our markets with other major healthcare related companies, information management companies, systems integrators, and other software developers. Competitive pressures and other factors, such as new product introductions by us or our competitors, may result in price or market share erosion that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Also, there can be no assurance that our applications will achieve broad market acceptance or will successfully compete with other available software products.
Our inability to make initial sales of our systems to newly formed groupsand/or healthcare providers that are replacing or substantially modifying their healthcare information systems could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If new systems sales do not materialize, our near term and longer term revenue will be adversely affected.
Many of our competitors have greater resources than we do. In order to compete successfully, we must keep pace with our competitors in anticipating and responding to the rapid changes involving the industry in which we operate, or our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.  The software market generally is characterized by rapid technological change, changing customer needs, frequent new product introductions, and evolving industry standards. The introduction of products incorporating new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards could render our existing products obsolete and unmarketable. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing and marketing new products that respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards. New product development depends upon significant research and development expenditures which depend ultimately upon sales growth. Any material shortfall in revenue or research


13


funding could impair our ability to respond to technological advances or opportunities in the marketplace and to remain competitive. If we are unable, for technological or other reasons, to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
In response to increasing market demand, we are currently developing new generations of certain of our software products. There can be no assurance that we will successfully develop these new software products or that these products will operate successfully, or that any such development, even if successful, will be completed concurrently with or prior to introduction of competing products. Any such failure or delay could adversely affect our competitive position or could make our current products obsolete.
We face riskPhilip N. Kaplan, age 41, was electedand/or the possibility of claims from activities related to strategic partners, which could be expensive and time-consuming, divert personnel and other resources from our business and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.  We rely on third parties to provide services that affect our business. For example, we use national clearinghouses in the processing of some insurance claims and we outsource some of our hardware maintenance services and the printing and delivery of patient statements for our customers. These third parties could raise their pricesand/or be acquired by competitors of ours, which could potentially create short and long-term disruptions to our business negatively impacting our revenue, profitand/or stock price. We also have relationships with certain third parties where these third parties serve as sales channels through which we generate a portion of our revenue. Due to these third-party relationships, we could be subject to claims as a directorresult of the activities, products, or services of these third-party service providers even though we were not directly involved in the circumstances leading to those claims. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, defending and investigating these claims could be expensive and time-consuming, divert personnel and other resources from our business and result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.
We may engage in future acquisitions, which may be expensive and time consuming and from which we may not realize anticipated benefits.  We may acquire additional businesses, technologies and products if we determine that these additional businesses, technologies and products are likely to serve our strategic goals. During fiscal year 2009, we acquired HSI and PMP, both of which are full-service healthcare RCM companies servicing physician groups and other healthcare clients. During fiscal year 2010, we acquired Opus and Sphere, both of which are developers of software and services for the inpatient market. The specific risks we may encounter in these types of transactions include but are not limited to the following:
• potentially dilutive issuances of our securities, the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and amortization expenses related to intangible assets, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition;
• use of cash as acquisition currency may adversely affect interest or investment income, thereby potentially adversely affecting our earnings and /or earnings per share;
• difficulty in effectively integrating any acquired technologies or software products into our current products and technologies;
• difficulty in predicting and responding to issues related to product transition such as development, distribution and customer support;
• the possible adverse effect of such acquisitions on existing relationships with third party partners and suppliers of technologies and services;
• the possibility that staff or customers of the acquired company might not accept new ownership and may transition to different technologies or attempt to renegotiate contract terms or relationships, including maintenance or support agreements;
• the possibility that the due diligence process in any such acquisition may not completely identify material issues associated with product quality, product architecture, product development, intellectual property issues, key personnel issues or legal and financial contingencies, including any deficiencies in internal controls and procedures and the costs associated with remedying such deficiencies;


14


• difficulty in integrating acquired operations due to geographical distance, and language and cultural differences; and
• the possibility that acquired assets become impaired, requiring us to take a charge to earnings which could be significant.
A failure to successfully integrate acquired businesses or technology for any of these reasons could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our failure to manage growth could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.  We have in the past experienced periods of growth which have placed, and may continue to place, a significant strain on our non-cash resources. We also anticipate expanding our overall software development, marketing, sales, client management and training capacity. In the event we are unable to identify, hire, train and retain qualified individuals in such capacities within a reasonable timeframe, such failure could have an adverse effect on us. In addition, our ability to manage future increases, if any, in the scope of our operations or personnel will depend on significant expansion of our research and development, marketing and sales, management, and administrative and financial capabilities. The failure of our management to effectively manage expansion in our business could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our operations are dependent upon our key personnel. If such personnel were to leave unexpectedly, we may not be able to execute our business plan.  Our future performance depends in significant part upon the continued service of our key technical and senior management personnel, many of whom have been with us for a significant period of time. These personnel have acquired specialized knowledge and skills with respect to our business. We maintain key man life insurance on only one of our employees. Because we have a relatively small number of employees when compared to other leading companies in our industry, our dependence on maintaining our relationships with key employees is particularly significant. We are also dependent on our ability to attract high quality personnel, particularly in the areas of sales and applications development.
The industry in which we operate is characterized by a high level of employee mobility and aggressive recruiting of skilled personnel. There can be no assurance that our current employees will continue to work for us. Loss of services of key employees could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, we may need to grant additional equity incentives to key employees and provide other forms of incentive compensation to attract and retain such key personnel. Equity incentives may be dilutive to our per share financial performance. Failure to provide such types of incentive compensation could jeopardize our recruitment and retention capabilities.
Continuing worldwide political and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our revenue and profitability.  The last several years have been periodically marked by concerns including but not limited to inflation, decreased consumer confidence, the lingering effects of international conflicts, energy costs and terrorist and military activities. These conditions can make it extremely difficult for our customers, our vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and they could cause constrained spending on our products and services,and/or delay and lengthen sales cycles.
The failure of auction rate securities to sell at their reset dates could impact the liquidity of the investment and could negatively impact the carrying value of the investment.  Our investments include auction rate securities (“ARS”). ARS are securities that are structured with short-term interest rate reset dates of generally less than ninety days but with longer contractual maturities that range, for our holdings, from nine to 28 years. At the end of each reset period, investors can typically sell at auction or continue to hold the securities at par. These securities are subject to fluctuations in interest rate depending on the supply and demand at each auction. As of March 31, 2010, we were holding a total of approximately $7.2 million, net of unrealized loss, in ARS. The Company’s ARS are held by UBS Financial Services Inc. (“UBS”). On November 13, 2008, the Company entered into an Auction Rate Security Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) with UBS, whereby the Company accepted UBS’s offer to purchase the Company’s ARS investments at any time during the period of June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012. As a result, the Company had obtained an asset, ARS put option rights, whereby the Company has a right to “put” the ARS back to UBS. The Company expects to exercise its ARS put option rights and put its ARS back to UBS on June 30, 2008. Mr. Kaplan2010, the earliest date allowable under the Rights Agreement. While we believe that UBS has the ability to honor the terms of its


15


agreement to purchase the ARS investments from the Company at par, the failure of UBS to purchase these investments would result in the Company being unable to liquidate these securities in the near future. While these debt securities are all highly-rated investments, generally with AAA/Aaa ratings, continued failure to sell at their reset dates could impact the liquidity of the investment which in turn could negatively impact our liquidity position.
Risks Related to Our Products and Service
If our principal products and our new product development fail to meet the needs of our clients, we may fail to realize future growth.  We currently derive substantially all of our net revenue from sales of our healthcare information systems and related services. We believe that a primary factor in the market acceptance of our systems has been our ability to meet the needs of users of healthcare information systems. Our future financial performance will depend in large part on our ability to continue to meet the increasingly sophisticated needs of our clients through the timely development and successful introduction and implementation of new and enhanced versions of our systems and other complementary products. We have historically expended a significant percentage of our net revenue on product development and believe that significant continuing product development efforts will be required to sustain our growth. Continued investment in our sales staff and our client implementation and support staffs will also be required to support future growth.
There can be no assurance that we will be successful in our product development efforts, that the market will continue to accept our existing products, or that new products or product enhancements will be developed and implemented in a timely manner, meet the requirements of healthcare providers, or achieve market acceptance. If new products or product enhancements do not achieve market acceptance, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. At certain times in the past, we have also experienced delays in purchases of our products by clients anticipating our launch, or the launch of our competitors, of new products. There can be no assurance that material order deferrals in anticipation of new product introductions from ourselves or other entities will not occur.
If the emerging technologies and platforms of Microsoft and others upon which we build our products do not gain or continue to maintain broad market acceptance, or if we fail to develop and introduce in a timely manner new products and services compatible with such emerging technologies, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenue will suffer.  Our software products are built and depend upon several underlying and evolving relational database management system platforms such as those developed by Microsoft. To date, the standards and technologies upon which we have chosen to develop our products have proven to have gained industry acceptance. However, the market for our software products is Chief Executive Officersubject to ongoing rapid technological developments, quickly evolving industry standards and rapid changes in customer requirements, and there may be existing or future technologies and platforms that achieve industry standard status, which are not compatible with our products.
We face the possibility of Deer Valley Ventures, LLC,subscription pricing, which may force us to adjust our sales, marketing and pricing strategies.  In April, 2009 we announced a managed hostingnew subscription based, Software as a service delivery model which includes monthly subscription pricing. This model is designed for smaller practices to quickly access the NextGenehr or NextGenepm products at a modest monthly per provider price. We currently derive substantially all of our systems revenue from traditional software license, implementation and virtualizationtraining fees, as well as the resale of computer hardware. Today, the majority of our customers pay an initial license fee for the use of our products, in addition to a periodic maintenance fee. While the intent of the new subscription based delivery model is to further penetrate the smaller practice market, there can be no assurance that this delivery model will not become increasingly popular with both small and large customers. If the marketplace increasingly demands subscription pricing, we may be forced to further adjust our sales, marketing and pricing strategies accordingly, by offering a higher percentage of our products and services through these means. Shifting to a significantly greater degree of subscription pricing could adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and quarterly and annual revenue and results of operations, as our revenue would initially decrease substantially. There can be no assurance that the marketplace will not increasingly embrace subscription pricing.
We face the possibility of claims based upon our Web site content, which may cause us expense and management distraction.  We could be subject to third party claims based on the nature and content of information supplied on our Web site by us or third parties, including content providers or users. We could also be subject to


16


liability for content that may be accessible through our Web site or third party Web sites linked from our Web site or through content and information that may be posted by users in chat rooms, bulletin boards or on Web sites created by professionals using our applications. Even if these claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against these claims could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our operations.
If our security measures are breached or fail, and unauthorized access is obtained to a client’s data, our services may be perceived as not being secure, clients may curtail or stop using our services, and we may incur significant liabilities.  Our services involve the storage and transmission of clients’ proprietary information and protected health information of patients. Because of the sensitivity of this information, security features of our software are very important. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance, insufficiency, defective design, or otherwise, someone may be able to obtain unauthorized access to client or patient data. As a result, our reputation could be damaged, our business may suffer, and we could face damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and significant costs for remediation and remediation efforts to prevent future occurrences. We rely upon our clients as users of our system for key activities to promote security of the system and the data within it, such as administration of client-side access credentialing and control of client-side display of data. On occasion, our clients have failed to perform these activities. Failure of clients to perform these activities may result in claims against us that this reliance was misplaced, which could expose us to significant expense and harm to our reputation. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and clients. In addition, our clients may authorize or enable third parties to access their client data or the data of their patients on our systems. Because we do not control such access, we cannot ensure the complete propriety of that access or integrity or security of such data in our systems.
Failure by our clients to obtain proper permissions and waivers may result in claims against us or may limit or prevent our use of data, which could harm our business.  We require our clients to provide necessary notices and to obtain necessary permissions and waivers for use and disclosure of the information that we receive, and we require contractual assurances from them that they have done so and will do so. If they do not obtain necessary permissions and waivers, then our use and disclosure of information that we receive from them or on their behalf may be limited or prohibited by state or federal privacy laws or other laws. This could impair our functions, processes, and databases that reflect, contain, or are based upon such data and may prevent use of such data. In addition, this could interfere with or prevent creation or use of rules, and analyses or limit other data-driven activities that benefit us. Moreover, we may be subject to claims or liability for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid notice, permission, or waiver. These claims or liabilities could subject us to unexpected costs and adversely affect our operating results.
We face the possibility of damages resulting from internal and external security breaches, and viruses.  In the course of our business operations, we compile and transmit confidential information, including patient health information, in our processing centers and other facilities. A breach of security in any of these facilities could damage our reputation and result in damages being assessed against us. In addition, the other systems with which we may interface, such as the Internet and related systems may be vulnerable to security breaches, viruses, programming errors, or similar disruptive problems. The effect of these security breaches and related issues could disrupt our ability to perform certain key business functions and could potentially reduce demand for our services. Accordingly, we have expended significant resources toward establishing and enhancing the security of our related infrastructures, although no assurance can be given that they will be entirely free from potential breach. Maintaining and enhancing our infrastructure security may require us to expend significant capital in the future.
The success of our strategy to offer our EDI services and Internet solutions depends on the confidence of our customers in our ability to securely transmit confidential information. Our EDI services and Internet solutions rely on encryption, authentication and other security technology company. Fromlicensed from third parties to achieve secure transmission of confidential information. We may not be able to stop unauthorized attempts to gain access to or disrupt the transmission of communications by our customers. Anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate confidential user information or interrupt our, or our customers’, operations. In addition, our EDI and Internet solutions may be vulnerable to viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, and similar disruptions.


17


Any failure to provide secure infrastructureand/or electronic communication services could result in a lack of trust by our customers causing them to seek out other vendors, and/or, damage our reputation in the market, making it difficult to obtain new customers.
We are subject to the development and maintenance of the Internet infrastructure, which is not within our control, and which may diminish Internet usage and availability as well as access to our Web site.  We deliver Internet-based services and, accordingly, we are dependent on the maintenance of the Internet by third parties. The Internet infrastructure may be unable to support the demands placed on it and our performance may decrease if the Internet continues to experience its historic trend of expanding usage. As a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure, the Internet has experienced a variety of performance problems which may continue into the foreseeable future. Such Internet related problems may diminish Internet usage and availability of the Internet to us for transmittal of our Internet-based services. In addition, difficulties, outages, and delays by Internet service providers, online service providers and other Web site operators may obstruct or diminish access to our Web site by our customers resulting in a loss of potential or existing users of our services.
Our products may be subject to product liability legal claims, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  Certain of our products provide applications that relate to patient clinical information. Any failure by our products to provide accurate and timely information concerning patients, their medication, treatment, and health status, generally, could result in claims against us which could materially and adversely impact our financial performance, industry reputation and ability to market new system sales. In addition, a court or government agency may take the position that our delivery of health information directly, including through licensed practitioners, or delivery of information by a third party site that a consumer accesses through our Web sites, exposes us to assertions of malpractice, other personal injury liability, or other liability for wrongful delivery/handling of healthcare services or erroneous health information. We maintain insurance to protect against claims associated with the use of our products as well as liability limitation language in our end-user license agreements, but there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage or contractual language would adequately cover any claim asserted against us. A successful claim brought against us in excess of or outside of our insurance coverage could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Even unsuccessful claims could result in our expenditure of funds for litigation and management time and resources.
Certain healthcare professionals who use our Internet-based products will directly enter health information about their patients including information that constitutes a record under applicable law that we may store on our computer systems. Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, the common law, and contractual obligations, govern collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information, including:
• state and federal privacy and confidentiality laws;
• our contracts with customers and partners;
• state laws regulating healthcare professionals;
• Medicaid laws;
• the HIPAA and related rules proposed by the Health Care Financing Administration; and
• Health Care Financing Administration standards for Internet transmission of health data.
HIPAA establishes elements including, but not limited to, federal privacy and security standards for the use and protection of Protected Health Information. Any failure by us or by our personnel or partners to comply with applicable requirements may result in a material liability to us.
Although we have systems and policies in place for safeguarding Protected Health Information from unauthorized disclosure, these systems and policies may not preclude claims against us for alleged violations of applicable requirements. Also, third party sitesand/or links that consumers may access through our web sites may not maintain adequate systems to safeguard this information, or may circumvent systems and policies we have put in place. In addition, future laws or changes in current laws may necessitate costly adaptations to our policies, procedures, or systems.


18


There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to product liability claims, that such claims will not result in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates. Such product liability claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are subject to the effect of payor and provider conduct which we cannot control and accordingly, there is no assurance that revenue for our services will continue at historic levels.  We offer certain electronic claims submission products and services as part of our product line. While we have implemented certain product features designed to maximize the accuracy and completeness of claims submissions, these features may not be sufficient to prevent inaccurate claims data from being submitted to payors. Should inaccurate claims data be submitted to payors, we may be subject to liability claims.
Electronic data transmission services are offered by certain payors to healthcare providers that establish a direct link between the provider and payor. This process reduces revenue to third party EDI service providers such as us. As a result of this, or other market factors, we are unable to ensure that we will continue to generate revenue at or in excess of prior levels for such services.
A significant increase in the utilization of direct links between healthcare providers and payors could adversely affect our transaction volume and financial results. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain our existing links to payors or develop new connections on terms that are economically satisfactory to us, if at all.
Risks Related to Regulation
We face increasing involvement of the federal government in our industry, which may give rise to uncertain and unwarranted expectations concerning the benefits we are to receive from government funding and programs.  In February 2007 to June 2008, Mr. Kaplan served as Chief Strategy Officer of Internap Network Services Corporation (NASDAQ: INAP)2009, President Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (“ARRA”), which acquired VitalStream Holdings, Inc (NASDAQ: VSTH)allocates over $20 billion dollars to healthcare IT over the next several years. The provision of the legislation that addresses health information technology specifically is known as the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH Act”). Under the provisions of HITECH Act, the ARRA includes significant financial incentives to healthcare providers who can demonstrate meaningful use of certified EHR technology beginning in February 2007. Mr. Kaplan co-founded VitalStream2011. While the Company expects the ARRA to create significant opportunities for sales of NextGenehr over the next several years, we are unsure of the immediate impact from the ARRA and the long-term potential could be significant.
We face the risks and uncertainties that are associated with litigation against us, which may adversely impact our marketing, distract management and have a negative impact upon our business, results of operations and financial condition.  We face the risks associated with litigation concerning the operation of our business. The uncertainty associated with substantial unresolved litigation may have an adverse effect on our business. In particular, such litigation could impair our relationships with existing customers and our ability to obtain new customers. Defending such litigation may result in 2000a diversion of management’s time and servedattention away from business operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Such litigation may also have the effect of discouraging potential acquirers from bidding for us or reducing the consideration such acquirers would otherwise be willing to pay in connection with an acquisition.
There can be no assurance that such litigation will not result in liability in excess of our insurance coverage, that our insurance will cover such claims or that appropriate insurance will continue to be available to us in the future at commercially reasonable rates.
Because we believe that proprietary rights are material to our success, misappropriation of these rights could adversely affect our financial condition.  We are heavily dependent on the maintenance and protection of our intellectual property and we rely largely on license agreements, confidentiality procedures, and employee nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. Our software is not patented and existing copyright laws offer only limited practical protection.
There can be no assurance that the legal protections and precautions we take will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology or that competitors will not independently develop technologies equivalent or


19


superior to ours. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as its initial Chief Operating Officergreat an extent as do the laws of the United States and are often not enforced as vigorously as those in the United States.
We do not believe that our operations or products infringe on the intellectual property rights of others. However, there can be no assurance that others will not assert infringement or trade secret claims against us with respect to our current or future products or that any such assertion will not require us to enter into a license agreement or royalty arrangement or other financial arrangement with the party asserting the claim. Responding to and defending any such claims may distract the attention of our management and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, claims may be brought against third parties from which we purchase software, and such claims could adversely affect our ability to access third party software for our systems.
If we are deemed to infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties, we could incur unanticipated expense and be prevented from providing our products and services.  We are and may continue to be subject to intellectual property infringement claims as the number of our competitors grows and our applications’ functionality is viewed as similar or overlapping with competitive products. We do not believe that we have infringed or are infringing on any proprietary rights of third parties. However, claims are occasionally asserted against us, and we cannot assure you that infringement claims will not be asserted against us in the future. Also, we cannot assure you that any such claims will be unsuccessful. We could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources defending any infringement claims — even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of such matters. Furthermore, a party making a claim against us could secure a judgment awarding substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide products or services. In addition, we cannot assure you that licenses for any intellectual property of third parties that might be required for our products or services will be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
We are dependent on our license rights and other services from third parties, which may cause us to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments.  We depend upon licenses for some of the technology used in our products as well as other services from third-party vendors. Most of these arrangements can be continued/renewed only by mutual consent and may be terminated for any number of reasons. We may not be able to continue using the products or services made available to us under these arrangements on commercially reasonable terms or at all. As a result, we may have to discontinue, delay or reduce product shipments or services provided until 2004we can obtain equivalent technology or services. Most of our third-party licenses are non-exclusive. Our competitors may obtain the right to use any of the business elements covered by these arrangements and use these elements to compete directly with us. In addition, if our vendors choose to discontinue providing their technology or services in the future or are unsuccessful in their continued research and development efforts, we may not be able to modify or adapt our own products.
There is significant uncertainty in the healthcare industry in which we operate, and we are subject to the possibility of changing government regulation, which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.  The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, economic and regulatory influences that may affect the procurement processes and operation of healthcare facilities. During the past several years, the healthcare industry has been subject to an increase in governmental regulation of, among other things, reimbursement rates and certain capital expenditures.
In the past, various legislators have announced that they intend to examine proposals to reform certain aspects of the U.S. healthcare system including proposals which may change governmental involvement in healthcare and reimbursement rates, and otherwise alter the operating environment for us and our clients. Healthcare providers may react to these proposals, and the uncertainty surrounding such proposals, by curtailing or deferring investments, including those for our systems and related services. Cost-containment measures instituted by healthcare providers as a memberresult of regulatory reform or otherwise could result in a reduction in the allocation of capital funds. Such a reduction could have an adverse effect on our ability to sell our systems and related services. On the other hand, changes in the regulatory environment have increased and may continue to increase the needs of healthcare organizations for cost-effective data management and thereby enhance the overall market for healthcare management information systems. We cannot predict what effect, if any, such proposals or healthcare reforms might have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As existing regulations mature and become better defined, we anticipate that these regulations will continue to directly affect certain of our products and services, but we cannot fully predict the effect at this time. We have taken


20


steps to modify our products, services and internal practices as necessary to facilitate our compliance with the regulations, but there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in a timely or complete manner. Achieving compliance with these regulations could be costly and distract management’s attention and divert other company resources, and any noncompliance by us could result in civil and criminal penalties.
Developments of additional federal and state regulations and policies have the potential to positively or negatively affect our business.
Our software may potentially be subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) as a medical device. Such regulation could require the registration of the applicable manufacturing facility and software and hardware products, application of detailed record-keeping and manufacturing standards, and FDA approval or clearance prior to marketing. An approval or clearance requirement could create delays in marketing, and the FDA could require supplemental filings or object to certain of these applications, the result of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The United States Congress in 2009 enacted legislation that would cut Medicare reimbursement to physicians by 21% per procedure. Congress has passed several successive acts postponing the cuts and there is discussion to rescind the cut. However, should the cuts be implemented by Medicare, there would be a direct material adverse revenue and earnings impact to our RCM revenue stream. The impact would vary by client depending on the client’s concentration of Medicare patients. Disruption could also affect system sales due to client reexamination of IT spending.
We may be subject to false or fraudulent claim laws.  There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with submission and payment of physician claims for reimbursement. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such submission and payment. Any failure of our RCM services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial liability including, but not limited to, criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for our services and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development and other resources to address the failure. Errors by us or our systems with respect to entry, formatting, preparation or transmission of claim information may be determined or alleged to be in violation of these laws and regulations. Determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services violate these laws could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, invalidate all or portions of some of our client contracts, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our services fees, cause us to be disqualified from serving clients doing business with government payors and have an adverse effect on our business.
In most cases where we are permitted to do so, we calculate charges for our RCM services based on a percentage of the collections that our clients receive as a result of our services. To the extent that violations or liability for violations of these laws and regulations require intent, it may be alleged that this percentage calculation provides us or our employees with incentive to commit or overlook fraud or abuse in connection with submission and payment of reimbursement claims. The U.S. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services has stated that it is concerned that percentage-based billing services may encourage billing companies to commit or to overlook fraudulent or abusive practices.
A portion of our business involves billing of Medicare claims on behalf of its Boardclients. In an effort to combat fraudulent Medicare claims, the federal government offers rewards for reporting of Directors until its acquisitionMedicare fraud which could encourage others to subject us to a charge of fraudulent claims, including charges that are ultimately proven to be without merit.
If our products fail to comply with evolving government and industry standards and regulations, we may have difficulty selling our products.  We may be subject to additional federal and state statutes and regulations in connection with offering services and products via the Internet. On an increasingly frequent basis, federal and state legislators are proposing laws and regulations that apply to Internet commerce and communications. Areas being affected by Internap. In 2004, he was named Presidentthese regulations include user privacy, pricing, content, taxation, copyright protection, distribution, and quality of VitalStreamproducts and heldservices. To the extent that position untilour products and services are subject to these laws and regulations, the February 2007 acquisition. Previously, Mr. Kaplan co-founded AnaServe, Inc.sale of our products and services could be harmed.
We are subject to changes in 1995, an early e-commerce web hosting company,and interpretations of financial accounting matters that govern the measurement of our performance, one or more of which was acquiredcould adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, revenue and results of operations.  Based on our reading and interpretations of relevant guidance, principles or


21


concepts issued by, Concentric Network Corp. in 1998. Mr. Kaplan attended the University of California, Davis from which he received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics, with a minor in Russian language.

Vincent J. Love, age 67, is a director and is the managing partner of Kramer, Love & Cutler, LLP, a financial consulting group where he has worked since 1994.  He was employed by the accounting firm Ernst & Young from 1967 to 1994, and served as a partner of that firm from 1979 to 1994. He is a member of Counsel, the governing body, ofamong other authorities, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and an honorary memberthe Commission, we believe our current sales and licensing contract terms and business arrangements have been properly reported. However, there continue to be issued interpretations and guidance for applying the relevant standards to a wide range of sales and licensing contract terms and business arrangements that are prevalent in the Executive Committeesoftware industry. Future interpretations or changes by the regulators of the American Arbitration Association. He is on the Editorial Boardexisting accounting standards or changes in our business practices could result in changes in our revenue recognitionand/or other accounting policies and practices that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, cash flows, revenue and results of the operations.

CPA Journal where he often authors book reviews and articles and is a frequent lecturer on accounting, auditing, ethics and corporate governance issues at accounting and legal conferences. He has appeared as a guest on television and radio programsFailure to discuss regulationmaintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the accounting profession and issues related to financial reporting, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could have an adverse effect on our business, and our per share price may be adversely affected.  Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC to implement Section 404, we are required to include in ourForm 10-K a report by our management regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The report includes, among other things, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The assessment must include disclosure of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management.
As part of the ongoing evaluation being undertaken by management and our independent registered public accountants pursuant to Section 404, our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2010. However, if we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls or internal controls over financial reporting, we may discover material weaknesses that we would then be required to disclose. Any material weaknesses identified in our internal controls could have an adverse effect on our business. We may not be able to accurately or timely report on our financial results, and we might be subject to investigation by regulatory authorities. This could result in a loss of investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which may have an adverse effect on our stock price.
No evaluation process can provide complete assurance that our internal controls will detect and correct all failures within our company to disclose material information otherwise required to be reported. The effectiveness of our controls and procedures could also be limited by simple errors or faulty judgments. In addition, if we continue to expand, through either organic growth or through acquisitions (or both), the challenges involved in implementing appropriate controls will increase and may require that we evolve some or all of our internal control processes.
It is also possible that the overall scope of Section 404 may be revised in the future, thereby causing our auditors and ourselves to review, revise or reevaluate our internal control processes which may result in the expenditure of additional human and financial resources.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock
The unpredictability of our quarterly operating results may cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate or decline.  Our revenue may fluctuate in the future from quarter to quarter and period to period, as a result of a number of factors including, without limitation:
• the size and timing of orders from clients;
• the specific mix of software, hardware, and services in client orders;
• the length of sales cycles and installation processes;
• the ability of our clients to obtain financing for the purchase of our products;
• changes in pricing policies or price reductions by us or our competitors;
• the timing of new product announcements and product introductions by us or our competitors;
• changes in revenue recognition or other accounting guidelines employed by usand/or established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other rule-making bodies;
• accounting policies concerning the timing of the recognition of revenue;
• the availability and cost of system components;


22


• the financial stability of clients;
• market acceptance of new products, applications and product enhancements;
• our ability to develop, introduce and market new products, applications and product enhancements;
• our success in expanding our sales and marketing programs;
• deferrals of client orders in anticipation of new products, applications, product enhancements, or public/private sector initiatives;
• execution of or changes to our strategy;
• personnel changes; and
• general market/economic factors.
Our software products are generally shipped as orders are received and accordingly, we have historically operated with a minimal backlog of license fees. As a result, revenue in any quarter is dependent on orders booked and shipped in that quarter and is not predictable with any degree of certainty. Furthermore, our systems can be relatively large and expensive, and individual systems sales can represent a significant portion of our revenue and profits for a quarter such that the loss or deferral of even one such sale can adversely affect our quarterly revenue and profitability.
Clients often defer systems purchases until our quarter end, so quarterly results generally cannot be predicted and frequently are not known until after the quarter has concluded.
Our sales are dependent upon clients’ initial decisions to replace or substantially modify their existing information systems, and subsequently, their decision concerning which products and services to purchase. These are major decisions for healthcare providers and, accordingly, the sales cycle for our systems can vary significantly and typically ranges from six to twenty four months from initial contact to contract execution/shipment.
Because a significant percentage of our expenses are relatively fixed, a variation in the timing of systems sales, implementations, and installations can cause significant variations in operating results from quarter to quarter. As a result, we believe that interimperiod-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Further, our historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of future performance for any particular period.
We currently recognize revenue pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic985-605,Software, Revenue Recognition, orASC 985-605.ASC 985-605 summarizes the FASB’s views in applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial statements.
There can be no assurance that application and subsequent interpretations of these pronouncements will not further modify our revenue recognition policies, or that such modifications would not adversely affect our operating results reported in any particular quarter or year.
Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In such event, the price of our common stock would likely be adversely affected.
Our common stock price has been volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares of our common stock and in litigation against us.  Volatility may be caused by a number of factors including but not limited to:
• actual or anticipated quarterly variations in operating results;
• rumors about our performance, software solutions, or merger and acquisition activity;
• changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;
• governmental regulatory action;
• health care reform measures;


23


• client relationship developments;
• purchases or sales of company stock;
• activities by one or more of our major shareholders concerning our policies and operations;
• changes occurring in the markets in general;
• macroeconomic conditions, both nationally and internationally; and
• other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
Furthermore, the stock market in general, and the market for software, healthcare and high technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of actual operating performance.
Moreover, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its securities. We may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.
Two of our directors are significant shareholders, which makes it possible for them to have significant influence over the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval and which influence may be alleged to conflict with our interests and the interests of our other shareholders.  Two of our directors and principal shareholders beneficially owned an aggregate of approximately 33.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock at March 31, 2010. California law and our Bylaws permit our shareholders to cumulate their votes, the effect of which is to provide shareholders with sufficiently large concentrations of our shares the opportunity to assure themselves one or more seats on our Board of Directors. The amounts required to assure a Board position can vary based upon the number of shares outstanding, the number of shares voting, the number of directors to be elected, the number of “broker non-votes,” and the number of shares held by the shareholder exercising cumulative voting rights. In the event that cumulative voting is invoked, it is likely that the two of our directors holding an aggregate of approximately 33.5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock at March 31, 2010 will each have sufficient votes to assure themselves of one or more seats on our Board of Directors. With or without cumulative voting, these shareholders will have significant influence over the outcome of all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, including the election of our directors and other corporate governance, including appearancesactions. In fiscal year 2009, one of the principal shareholders, Ahmed Hussein, proposed a different slate of directors than what the Company proposed to shareholders. The Company spent approximately $1.5 million to defend the Company’s slate. In addition, such influence by one or both of these shareholders could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting to purchase us, implement a change over our Board of Directors and management,and/or reducing the market price offered for our common stock in such an event.
Our future policy concerning the payment of dividends is uncertain, which could adversely affect the price of our stock.  We have announced our intention to pay a quarterly dividend commencing with the conclusion of our first fiscal quarter of 2008 (June 30, 2007) and pursuant to this policy our Board of Directors has declared a quarterly cash dividend ranging from $0.25 to its most recent level of $0.30 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, each quarter thereafter. We anticipate that future quarterly dividends, if and when declared by our Board of Directors pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about the fifth day of each of the months of October, January, April and July. There can be no guarantees that we will have the financial wherewithal to fund this dividend in perpetuity or to pay it at historic rates. Further, our Board of Directors may decide not to pay the dividend at some future time for financial or non-financial reasons. Unfulfilled expectations regarding future dividends could adversely affect the price of our stock.
ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.


24


ITEM 2.PROPERTIES
Our principal administrative, accounting, QSI Dental Division operations and NextGen Division training operations are located in Irvine, California. Should we continue to grow, we may be required to lease additional space. We believe that suitable additional or substitute space is available, if needed, at market rates.
As of March 31, 2010, we lease an aggregate of approximately 305,500 square feet of space with expiration dates, excluding options, ranging frommonth-to-month to September 2016, as follows:
Square Feet
QSI Dental Division
Irvine, California — Corporate Headquarters24,000
Other U.S. locations5,000
NextGen Division
Horsham, Pennsylvania98,000
Austin, Texas39,000
Atlanta, Georgia35,000
Laguna Hills, California4,500
Practice Solutions Division
St. Louis, Missouri66,500
Hunt Valley, Maryland33,500
Total leased properties305,500
ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the normal course of business, we are involved in various claims and legal proceedings. While the ultimate resolution of these currently pending matters has yet to be determined, we do not presently believe that their outcome will adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
We have experienced legal claims by parties asserting that we have infringed their intellectual property rights. We believe that these claims are without merit and intend to defend them vigorously; however, we could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources defending any infringement claim — even if we are ultimately successful in the defense of such matter. Litigation is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict. We refer you to the discussion of infringement and litigation risks in our Risk Factors section of this Report.
ITEM 4.RESERVED
PART II
ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Price and Holders
Our common stock is traded on the NewsHour with Jim LehrerNASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “QSII.” The following table sets forth for the quarters indicated the high and programs broadcastlow sales prices for each period indicated, as reported on BBC, CNBC, Bloomberg TV and CBS MarketWatch (webcast). He achieved the rankNASDAQ Global Select Market:
         
  High Low
 
Quarter Ended        
June 30, 2008 $35.97  $29.00 
September 30, 2008 $47.94  $27.34 
December 31, 2008 $44.98  $25.70 
March 31, 2009 $48.46  $34.26 
June 30, 2009 $62.00  $43.44 
September 30, 2009 $64.16  $50.87 
December 31, 2009 $65.98  $57.63 
March 31, 2010 $68.59  $51.30 


25


At May 21, 2010, there were approximately 88 holders of Captain in the U.S. Army, has a B.B.A. from the City College of New York, and is a New York, Ohio, and Connecticut certified public accountant. Mr. Love has been a directorrecord of our company since 2004.common stock.
Dividends

Russell Pflueger, age 44, is

In January 2007, our Board of Directors adopted a directorpolicy whereby we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend of $0.25 per share on our outstanding common stock, subject to further Board review and since 2002 has beenapproval and establishment of record and distribution dates by our Board of Directors prior to the Founder, Chairmandeclaration of each such quarterly dividend. In August 2008, our Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend to $0.30 per share. We anticipate that future quarterly dividends, if and Chief Executive Officerwhen declared by our Board of Quiescence Medical, Inc., a medical device development company. During 2001 and 2002, he founded and served as Chairman and Chief Executive OfficerDirectors pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about the fifth day of Pain Concepts, Inc, a medical device

-3-



company. He holds a chemical engineering degree from Texas A&M University and an MBA from the University of California at Irvine. Mr. Pflueger has been a director of our company since 2006.

Steven T. Plochocki, age 56, is a director and is presently a private healthcare investor. . From February 2007 to May 2008 he served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Omniflight Helicopter, Inc., a Dallas-based air medical services company. From October 2006 through February 2007 Mr. Plochocki was a private investor in the the healthcare sector.  He previously served as Chief Executive Officer and Director of Trinity Hospice, a national hospice provider from October 2004 through October 2006. Prior to joining Trinity Hospice, he was Chief Executive Officer of InSight, a national provider of diagnostic imaging services from November 1999 to August 2004. He was Chief Executive Officer of Centratex Support Services, Inc., a support services company for the healthcare industry and had previously held other senior level positions with healthcare industry firms. He holds B.A. in Journalism and Public Relations from Wayne State University and a Master’s degree in Business Management from Central Michigan University. Mr. Plochocki has been a director of our company since 2004.

Sheldon Razin, age 70, is a director. He is the founder of our company and has served as our Chairmaneach of the Board since our inception in 1974. He served as our Chief Executive Officer from 1974 untilmonths of October, January, April 2000. Since its inception until April 2000, he also served as our President, except for the period from August 1990 to August 1991. Additionally, Mr. Razin served as Treasurer from our inception until October 1982. Prior to founding our company, he held various technical and managerial positions with Rockwell International Corporation and was a founder of our predecessor, Quality Systems, a sole proprietorship engaged in the development of software for commercial and space applications and in management consulting work. Mr. Razin holds a B.S. degree in Mathematics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Ibrahim Fawzy, age 68, is a director and the President of Fawzy Consultancy, which he founded in 1999, and which does work in the fields of industry and investment in Egypt and the Arab world. He is a director of Olympic Group for Financial Investments, Egyptians Abroad Investment and Development Co. and Egyptians Abroad for Portfolio Management, all publicly-held companies based in Egypt. He also serves as the Chairman of Egyptians Co. for Housing, Development & Reconstruction, a publicly-held company based in Egypt. He is an emeritus professor of mechanical engineering t Cairo University in Egypt. He has been a director of our company since 2005.

Ahmed Hussein, age 67, is a director. He is the Chairman ofJuly.

On May 26, 2010, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of National Investment Company, Cairo, Egypt, a member$0.30 per share on our outstanding shares of its Board since inceptioncommon stock, payable to shareholders of record as of June 17, 2010 with an expected distribution date on or about July 6, 2010.
The following dividends have been declared in the 2010, 2009, and as Chairman since 1999. He founded National Investment Company in 1996 and has served as a member2008 fiscal years on the dates indicated:
         
  Record
 Payment
 Dividend
Board Approval Date
 
Date
 
Date
 
Amount
 
Fiscal year 2010
        
January 27, 2010 March 23, 2010 April 5, 2010 $0.30 
October 28, 2009 December 23, 2009 January 5, 2010  0.30 
July 23, 2009 September 25, 2009 October 5, 2009  0.30 
May 27, 2009 June 12, 2009 July 6, 2009  0.30 
Fiscal year 2009
        
January 28, 2009 March 11, 2009 April 3, 2009 $0.30 
October 30, 2008 December 15, 2008 January 5, 2009  0.30 
August 4, 2008 September 15, 2008 October 1, 2008  0.30 
May 29, 2008 June 15, 2008 July 2, 2008  0.25 
Fiscal year 2008
        
January 30, 2008 March 14, 2008 April 7, 2008 $0.25 
October 25, 2007 December 14, 2007 January 7, 2008  0.25 
July 31, 2007 September 14, 2007 October 5, 2007  0.25 
May 31, 2007 June 15, 2007 July 5, 2007  0.25 
Payment of itsfuture dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors since its inceptionafter taking into account various factors, including without limitation, our financial condition, operating results, current and as Chairman since 1999. He served as a Senior Vice Presidentanticipated cash needs and plans for expansion.


26


Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total returns of Dean Witter from 1993 to 1996. He is a director ofour common stock, the Six of October University,NASDAQ Composite Index, and the Chairman ofNASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Services Stock Index over the Board of Directors of Nobria griculture, a publicly held Egyptian company.  He has been a director of our company since 1999.

Edwin Hoffman, age 70, is currently a self-employed engineering consultant. From 1972 to 2001, hefive-year period ended March 31, 2010 assuming $100 was Co-Founder and President of Osborne-Hoffman Inc., a company that developed and marketed products for the security industry. He holds a BSEE from the City College of New York and a MSEE and PhD from the Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. He has been a director of our company since 2006.

-4-



NON-DIRECTOR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

          The following persons are non-director executive officers of our company:

Louis E. Silverman, age 49, joined our company as President and Chief Executive Officer in July 2000. Mr. Silverman also served as a director of our company from May 25,invested on March 31, 2005 to June 29, 2008. Mr. Silverman was previously Chief Operations Officer of CorVel Corp., a publicly traded national managed care services and technology firm with headquarters in Irvine, California. Mr. Silverman holds a Master of Business Administration degree from Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Amherst College. Mr. Silverman provided his notice of resignation from all positions with our Company on June 18, 2008,dividends, if any, reinvested. This performance graph shall not be deemed to be effective August 16, 2008. Mr. Silverman’s Board service terminated on June 30, 2008.

Donn E. Neufeld, age 51, was appointed Senior Vice President and General Manager, QSI Division, on April 29, 2008. Mr. Neufeld has served as our Vice President Software and Operations since January 1996. He served as our Vice President“soliciting material” or “filed” for purposes of Operations from June 1986 until January 1996. From April 1981 until June 1986, Mr. Neufeld held the position of Manager of Customer Support. He joined our company in 1980. 

Paul A. Holt, age 42, was appointed Chief Financial Officer in November 2000. Mr. Holt served as our Controller from January 2000 to May 2000 and was appointed interim Chief Financial Officer in May 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Holt was the Controller of Sierra Alloys Co., Inc., a titanium metal manufacturing company from August 1999 to December 1999. From May 1997 to July 1999, he was Controller of Refrigeration Supplies Distributor, a wholesale distributor and manufacturer of refrigeration supplies and heating controls. From March 1995 to April 1997 he was Assistant Controller of Refrigeration Supplies Distributor. Mr. Holt is a Certified Public Accountant and holds an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California and a B.A. in Economics from the University of California, Irvine.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

          Under Section 16(a)18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“(the “Exchange Act”) or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Exchange Act”)Act.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Quality Systems, Inc., our directors and executive officers and any person who beneficially owns more than 10%The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index
* $100 invested on 3/31/2005 in stock or index, including reinvestment of our outstanding common stock (“reporting persons”) are required to report their initial beneficial ownershipdividends. Fiscal year ending March 31.
The last trade price of our common stock on each of March 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 was published by NASDAQ and, accordingly for the periods ended March 31, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 the reported last trade price was utilized to compute the total cumulative return for our common stock for the respective periods then ended. Shareholder returns over the indicated periods should not be considered indicative of future stock prices or shareholder returns.


27


ITEM 6.SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data with respect to our Consolidated Statements of Income data for each of the five years in the period ended March 31, 2010 and the Consolidated Balance Sheets data as of the end of each such fiscal year are derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. The following information should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes thereto and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere herein.
Consolidated Financial Data
                     
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008  2007  2006 
  (In thousands, except per share data) 
 
Statements of Income Data:                    
Revenue $291,811  $245,515  $186,500  $157,165  $119,287 
Cost of revenue  110,807   88,890   62,501   50,784   39,828 
                     
Gross profit  181,004   156,625   123,999   106,381   79,459 
Selling, general and administrative expenses  86,951   69,410   53,260   45,337   35,554 
Research and development costs  16,546   13,777   11,350   10,166   8,087 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets  1,783   1,035          
                     
Income from operations  75,724   72,403   59,389   50,878   35,818 
Interest income  226   1,203   2,661   3,306   2,108 
Other income (expense)  268   (279)  953       
                     
Income before provision for income taxes  76,218   73,327   63,003   54,184   37,926 
Provision for income taxes  27,839   27,208   22,925   20,952   14,604 
                     
Net income $48,379  $46,119  $40,078  $33,232  $23,322 
                     
Basic net income per share $1.69  $1.65  $1.47  $1.24  $0.88 
Diluted net income per share $1.68  $1.62  $1.44  $1.21  $0.85 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding  28,635   28,031   27,298   26,882   26,413 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding  28,796   28,396   27,770   27,550   27,356 
Dividends declared per common share $1.20  $1.15  $1.00  $1.00  $0.875 
                     
  March 31,
 March 31,
 March 31,
 March 31,
 March 31,
  2010 2009 2008 2007 2006
 
Balance Sheet Data:                    
Cash and cash equivalents $84,611  $70,180  $59,046  $60,028  $57,255 
Working capital $118,935  $98,980  $79,932  $76,616  $61,724 
Total assets $310,180  $242,101  $187,908  $150,681  $122,247 
Total liabilities $121,891  $86,534  $74,203  $59,435  $49,838 
Total shareholders’ equity $188,289  $155,567  $113,705  $91,246  $72,409 


28


ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in this management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, or MD&A, including discussions of our product development plans, business strategies and market factors influencing our results, may include forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those anticipated by us as a result of various factors, both foreseen and unforeseen, including, but not limited to, our ability to continue to develop new products and increase systems sales in markets characterized by rapid technological evolution, consolidation, and competition from larger, better capitalized competitors. Many other economic, competitive, governmental and technological factors could affect our ability to achieve our goals, and interested persons are urged to review the risks described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” as set forth above, as well as in our other public disclosures and filings with the Commission.
Overview
This MD&A is provided as a supplement to the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included in this Report, in order to enhance your understanding of our results of operations and financial condition and the following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report. Historical results of operations, percentage margin fluctuations and any subsequent changestrends that may be inferred from the discussion below are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period.
Our MD&A is organized as follows:
• Management Overview.  This section provides a general description of our Company and operating segments, a discussion as to how we derive our revenue, background information on certain trends and developments affecting our Company, a summary of our acquisition transactions and a discussion on management’s strategy for driving revenue growth.
• Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.  This section discusses those accounting policies that are considered important to the evaluation and reporting of our financial condition and results of operations, and whose application requires us to exercise subjective or complex judgments in making estimates and assumptions. In addition, all of our significant accounting policies, including our critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.
• Overview of Results of Operations and Results of Operations by Operating Divisions.  These sections provide our analysis and outlook for the significant line items on our Consolidated Statements of Income, as well as other information that we deem meaningful to understand our results of operations on both a consolidated basis and an operating division basis.
• Liquidity and Capital Resources.  This section provides an analysis of our liquidity and cash flows and discussions of our contractual obligations and commitments as of March 31, 2010.
• New Accounting Pronouncements.  This section provides a summary of the most recent authoritative accounting standards and guidance that have either been recently adopted by our Company or may be adopted in the future.
Management Overview
Our Company is comprised of the QSI Dental Division, the NextGen Division, and the Practice Solutions Division. Operationally, HSI and PMP are considered and administered as part of the Practice Solutions Division while Opus and Sphere operate under the NextGen Division. We primarily derive revenue by developing and marketing healthcare information systems that automate certain aspects of medical and dental practices, networks of practices such as PHOs and MSOs, ambulatory care centers, community health centers, and medical and dental schools along with comprehensive systems implementation, maintenance and support and add on complementary services such as RCM and EDI. Our systems and services provide our clients with the ability to redesign patient care


29


and other workflow processes while improving productivity through facilitation of managed access to patient information. Utilizing our proprietary software in that ownershipcombination with third party hardware and software solutions, our products enable the integration of a variety of administrative and clinical information operations.
On May 20, 2008, we acquired HSI, a full-service healthcare RCM company. HSI operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 1996, HSI provides RCM services to providers including health systems, hospitals, and physicians in private practice with an in-house team of more than 200 employees, including specialists in medical billing, coding and compliance, payor credentialing, and information technology.
On October 28, 2008, we acquired PMP, a full-service healthcare RCM company. This acquisition is also part of our growth strategy for our Practice Solutions Division. Similar to HSI, PMP operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 2001, PMP provides physician billing and technology management services to healthcare providers, primarily in the Mid-Atlantic region.
On August 12, 2009, we acquired Sphere, a provider of financial information systems to the Commissionsmall hospital inpatient market. This acquisition is also part of our strategy to expand into the small hospital market and Nasdaq. Reporting personsto add new customers by taking advantage of cross selling opportunities between the ambulatory and inpatient markets.
On February 10, 2010, we acquired Opus, a provider of clinical information systems to the small hospital inpatient market. Founded in 1987 and headquartered in Austin, Texas, Opus delivers web-based clinical solutions to hospital systems and integrated health networks nationwide. This acquisition complements and will be integrated with the assets of Sphere. Both companies are required by Commission regulationsestablished developers of software and services for the inpatient market and will operate under the Company’s NextGen Division.
Our strategy is, at present, to furnishfocus on providing software and services to us copiesmedical and dental practices. The key elements of all reports they filethis strategy are to continue development and enhancement of select software solutions in target markets, to continue investments in our infrastructure including but not limited to product development, sales, marketing, implementation, and support, to continue efforts to make infrastructure investments within an overall context of maintaining reasonable expense discipline, to add new customers through maintaining and expanding sales, marketing and product development activities, and to expand our relationship with existing customers through delivery of add-on and complementary products and services and to continue our gold standard commitment of service in support of our customers.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our Consolidated Financial Statements and results of operations is based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with Section 16(a).accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate estimates, including but not limited to those related to revenue recognition, valuation of marketable securities, ARS put option rights, uncollectible accounts receivable, software development cost, intangible assets and self-insurance accruals for reasonableness. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that may not be readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.


30

          Based solely upon


We believe that significant accounting policies, as described in Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. We believe the following table depicts the most critical accounting policies that affect our Consolidated Financial Statements:
Revenue RecognitionJudgments and Uncertainties
We generate revenue from the sale of licensing rights to use our software products sold directly to end-users and value-added resellers, or VARs. We also generate revenue from sales of hardware and third party software, implementation, training, software customization, EDI, post-contract support (maintenance) and other services, including RCM services, performed for customers who license our products.

Revenue from implementation and training services is recognized as the corresponding services are performed. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual maintenance period. RCM revenue is derived from services fees, which include amounts charged for ongoing billing and other related services and are generally billed to the customer as a percentage of total collections. We do not recognize revenue for services fees until these collections are made as the services fees are not fixed or determinable until such time.
A typical system contract contains multiple elements of the above items. FASB ASC Topic 985-605-25,Software, Revenue Recognition, Multiple Elements,or ASC 985-605-25, requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”). We limit our assessment of VSOE for each element to either the price charged when the same element is sold separately or the price established by management having the relevant authority to do so, for an element not yet sold separately. VSOE calculations are updated and reviewed at the end of each quarter or annually depending on the nature of the product or service. We have established VSOE for the related undelivered elements based on the bell-shaped curve method. Maintenance VSOE for our largest customers is based on stated renewal rates only if the rate is determine d to be substantive and falls within our customary pricing practices.

When evidence of fair value exists for the undelivered elements only, the residual method, provided for under ASC 985-605, is used. Under the residual method, we defer revenue related to the undelivered elements in a system sale based on VSOE of fair value of each of the undelivered elements, and allocate the remainder of the contract price net of all discounts to revenue recognized from the delivered elements. Undelivered elements of a system sale may include implementation and training services, hardware and third party software, maintenance, future purchase discounts, or other services. If VSOE of fair value of any undelivered element does not exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element is established or the element has been delivered.

We bill for the entire system sales contract amount upon contract execution, except for maintenance which is billed separately. Amounts billed in excess of the amounts contractually due are recorded in accounts receivable as advance billings. Amounts are contractually due when services are performed or in accordance with contractually specified payment dates. Provided the fees are fixed or determinable and collection is considered probable, revenue from licensing rights and sales of hardware and third party software is generally recognized upon shipment and transfer of title. In certain transactions whose collections risk is high, the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue. If the fee is not fixed or determinable, then the revenue recognized in each period (subject to application of other revenue recognition criteria) will be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts due and payable or the amount of the arrangement fee that would have been recognized if the fees were being recognized using the residual method. Fees which are considered fixed or determinable at the inception of our arrangements must include the following characteristics:
•   The fee must be negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, and generally be based on the specific volume of products to be delivered without being subject to change based on variable pricing mechanisms such as the number of units copied or distributed or the expected number of users; and
•   Payment terms must not be considered extended. If a significant portion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or after the expiration of the license, the fee is presumed not fixed or determinable.


31


Revenue Recognition (continued)Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions
Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in revenue that could be material.
Valuation of Marketable Securities and ARS Put Option Rights

Our investments at March 31, 2010 and 2009 are in tax exempt municipal ARS which are classified as either current or non-current marketable securities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on the liquidity and timing of expected realization of such securities.

Our ARS are held by UBS Financial Services Inc.. On November 13, 2008, we entered into an Auction Rate Security Rights Agreement with UBS, whereby the we accepted UBS’s offer to purchase the Company’s ARS investments at any time during the period of June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012. As a result, we had obtained an asset, ARS put option rights, whereby the we have a right to “put” the ARS back to UBS. We expect to exercise its ARS put option rights and put its ARS back to UBS on June 30, 2010, the earliest date allowable under the Rights Agreement.
Judgments and Uncertainties

Marketable securities are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market rates or on valuation analysis when appropriate. The cost of marketable securities sold is based upon the specific identification method. Realized gains or losses and other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of marketable securities are determined on a specific identification basis and reported in interest and other income, net, as incurred.

The fair value of our marketable securities has been estimated by management based on certain assumptions of what market participants would use in pricing the asset in a current transaction, or level 3 — unobservable inputs in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 820-10,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures-Overall, or ASC 820-10. Management used a model to estimate the fair value of these securities that included certain level 2 inputs as well as assumptions, including a liquidity discount, based on management’s judgment, which are highly subjective and therefore considered level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The estimate of the fair value of the marketable securities could change based on market conditions.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in gains and losses that could be material.
Allowance for Doubtful AccountsJudgments and Uncertainties
We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. We perform credit evaluations of our customers and maintain reserves for estimated credit losses. Reserves for potential credit losses are determined by establishing both specific and general reserves.
Specific reserves are based on management’s estimate of the probability of collection for certain troubled accounts. General reserves are established based on our historical experience of bad debt expense and the aging of our accounts receivable balances net of deferred revenue and specifically reserved accounts. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in required reserves that could be material.

32


Software Development CostsJudgments and Uncertainties
Development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. After technological feasibility is established with the completion of a working model of the enhancement or product, any additional development costs are capitalized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic985-20,Software, Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed,orASC 985-20. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight line basis over the estimated economic life of the related product, which is generally three years.
We perform an annual review of the recoverability of such capitalized software costs. At the time a determination is made that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, any remaining capitalized amounts are written off.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to increases or decreases in revenue that could be material.
GoodwillJudgments and Uncertainties
Goodwill is related to the NextGen Division and the HSI, PMP, Sphere, and Opus acquisitions, which closed on May 20, 2008, October 28, 2008, August 12, 2009, and February 10, 2010, respectively.In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350-20,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, Goodwill, or ASC 350-20, we test goodwill for impairment annually at the end of our first fiscal quarter, referred to as the annual test date. We will also test for impairment between annual test dates if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. Impairment testing for goodwill is performed at a reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. An impairment loss would generally be recognized when the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit.
Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions
We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to assess impairment loss during the past three fiscal years.
The carrying values of goodwill at March 31, 2010 were $46.2 million. We have determined that there was no risk of impairment to our goodwill as of March 31, 2010.
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to test for impairment losses on goodwill and other intangible assets. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to an impairment charge that could be material.

33


Business Combinations — Purchase Price Allocations

During the last three fiscal years, we completed three significant acquisitions:

In February 2010, we acquired Opus for $20.6 million.

In October 2008, we acquired PMP for $19.7 million, including transaction costs.

In May 2008, we acquired HSI for $15.6 million, including transaction costs.
Judgments and Uncertainties

In accordance with business combination accounting under FASB ASC Topic 805,Business Combinations, or ASC 805, we allocate the purchase price of acquired businesses to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on estimated fair values. Our purchase price allocation methodology contains uncertainties because it requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. Management estimates the fair value of assets and liabilities based upon quoted market prices, the carrying value of the acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies.
Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to complete the purchase price allocation and estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.
Intangible AssetsJudgments and Uncertainties
Intangible assets consist of capitalized software costs, customer relationships, trade names and certain intellectual property. Intangible assets related to customer relationships and trade names arose in connection with the acquisition of HSI, PMP, Opus, and Sphere.These intangible assets were recorded at fair value and are stated net of accumulated amortization and impairments. Intangible assets are amortized over their remaining estimated useful lives, ranging from 3 to 9 years. Our amortization policy for intangible assets is based on the principles in FASB ASC Topic 350-30,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, General Intangibles Other than Goodwill, or ASC 350-30, which requires that the amortization of intangible assets reflect the pattern that the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed.
Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions
Although we believe that our approach to estimates and judgments as described herein is reasonable, actual results could differ and we may be exposed to decreases in the fair value of our intangible assets, resulting in impairment charges that could be material.
Share-Based CompensationJudgments and Uncertainties
We have a stock-based compensation plan, which includes stock options and restricted stock units. See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” and Note 13, Consolidated Financial Statements of this Report for a complete discussion of our stock-based compensation programs.We apply the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718,Compensation — Stock Compensation,or ASC 718, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. ASC 718 requires us to estimate the fair value of “Share-Based Awards,” to the share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. We estimate the expected term of the option using historical exercise experience. We estimate volatility by using the weighted average historical volatility of our common stock, which we believe approximates expected volatility. The risk free rate is the implied yield available on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms equal to the expected term. The expected dividend yield is the average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected term of the option. Those inputs are then entered into the Black Scholes model to determine the estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the award that is expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service period in our Consolidated Statements of Income.

34


Share-Based Compensation (continued)Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions
We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to determine stock-based compensation expense. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to changes in stock-based compensation expense that could be material.
Self-Insured LiabilitiesJudgments and Uncertainties
Effective January 1, 2010, the Company became self-insured with respect to healthcare claims, subject to stop-loss limits. The Company accrues for estimated self-insurance costs and uninsured exposures based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported as of each balance sheet date. However, it is possible that recorded accruals may not be adequate to cover the future payment of claims. Adjustments, if any, to estimated accruals resulting from ultimate claim payments will be reflected in earnings during the periods in which such adjustments are determined.
Our self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties because management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not reported at the balance sheet date.

Effect if Actual Results Differ from Assumptions

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate our self-insured liabilities. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates or assumptions, we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.
Overview of Our Results
• Our total revenue increased 18.9% and income from operations grew 4.6% on a consolidated basis for the year ended March 31, 2010. Revenue was positively impacted by growth in recurring revenue, including maintenance, EDI and RCM revenue, which grew 22.4%, 18.7% and 71.1% respectively, offset by higher corporate expenses.
• Uncertainty over the final rules regarding incentive payments tied to the ARRA continued to negatively impact system sales revenue in fiscal year 2010. We have made investments in our sales and marketing areas in anticipation of receiving the final rules related to the ARRA.
• Our year over year growth in revenue and operating income during the year ended March 31, 2010 was partially attributable to the HSI and PMP acquisitions. HSI and PMP combined generated $42.7 million of revenue for fiscal year 2010 as compared to a total of $24.4 million of revenue for the ten and five months of respective results in fiscal year 2009.
• Operating income was negatively impacted by a shift in revenue mix with an increased share of hardware, EDI, and RCM revenue, resulting in a decline in our gross profit margin. We also experienced higher selling, general and administrative expenses primarily due to higher selling related expenses incurred in preparation for the ARRA, which was enacted in February 2009, as well as higher corporate related expenses.
• We do not believe the revenue mix changes noted above represent a change in the overall purchasing environment. On top of the potential benefits from the ARRA, we have benefited and hope to continue to benefit from the increased demands on healthcare providers for greater efficiency and lower costs, as well as increased adoption rates for electronic medical records and other technology in the healthcare arena.
• While we expect to benefit from the increasing demands for greater efficiency as well as government support for increased adoption of electronic health records, the current economic environment, combined with unpredictability of the federal government’s plans to promote increased adoption of electronic medical records, makes the near term achievement of such benefits and, ultimately, their impact on system sales, uncertain.

35


NextGen Division
• NextGen Division revenue increased 13.6% in the year ended March 31, 2010 and divisional operating income (excluding unallocated corporate expenses) increased 8.3% from the year ended March 31, 2009. Organic revenue growth in the NextGen Division was 11.6% and 20.4% for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
• The acquisitions of Opus and Sphere in fiscal year 2010 added approximately $2.9 million in revenue for the year ended March 31, 2010 and $0.7 million in additional operating income in the same period a year ago.
• Recurring revenue, consisting of maintenance and EDI revenue, represented $111.9 million and accounted for 48.3% of total NextGen Division revenue during fiscal year 2010. In the same period a year ago, recurring revenue represented 44.3% of total NextGen Division revenue, or $90.3 million.
• During the year ended March 31, 2010, we added staffing resources in anticipation of future growth from the ARRA. We intend to continue doing so in future periods to maximize our opportunities from the ARRA.
• Our goals include taking maximum advantage of future benefits related to the ARRA and continuing to further enhance and expand the marketing and sales of our existing products, developing new products for targeted markets, continuing to add new customers, selling additional software and services to existing customers, expanding penetration of connectivity and other services to new and existing customers, and capitalizing on growth and cross selling opportunities within the Practice Solutions Division and the recently acquired acute care software product lines.
QSI Dental Division
• QSI Dental Division revenue increased 8.1% in the year ended March 31, 2010 and divisional operating income (excluding unallocated corporate expenses) increased 2.2% from the year ended March 31, 2009.
• An increase in system sales revenue offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses were the chief contributors to the operating income results in fiscal year 2010.
• In July 2009, we licensed source code from PlanetDDS, Inc. that will allow us to deliver hosted, web-based SaaS practice management and clinical software solutions to the dental industry. The software solution will be marketed primarily to the multi-location dental group practice market in which the Division has historically been a dominant player. This new software solution (NextDDS) brings the QSI Dental Division to the forefront of the emergence of internet based applications and cloud computing and represents a significant growth opportunity for us to sell both to our existing customer base as well as new customers.
• Our goal for the QSI Dental Division is to maximize profit performance given the constraints represented by a relatively weak purchasing environment in the dental group practice market while taking advantage of opportunities with the new NextDDS product. The QSI Dental Division also intends to leverage the NextGen Division’s sales force to sell its dental electronic medical records software to practices that provide both medical and dental services such as Federal Qualified Health Centers, which are receiving grants as part of the ARRA.
Practice Solutions Division
• Practice Solutions Division revenue increased 67.5% in the year ended March 31, 2010 and divisional operating income (excluding unallocated corporate expenses) decreased 5.7% from the year ended March 31, 2009. A significant driver of the increase in revenue was that fact that fiscal year 2010 included a full year of results for HSI and PMP versus approximately ten and five months of respective results in fiscal year 2009. The Practice Solutions Division also benefited from organic growth achieved through cross selling RCM services to existing NextGen Division customers.


36


• Operating income as a percentage of revenue declined to approximately 5.4% of revenue versus 9.5% of revenue primarily as a result of a smaller amount of software sales to RCM customers compared to the prior year as well as costs related to transitioning to the NextGen platform including training of staff and initial set up and other costs related to achieving higher production volumes.
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the percentage of net revenue represented by each item in our Consolidated Statements of Income (certain percentages below may not sum due to rounding):
             
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008 
  (Unaudited) 
 
Revenues:            
Software, hardware and supplies  30.8%  34.8%  40.9%
Implementation and training services  4.9   5.4   7.2 
             
System sales  35.7   40.2   48.1 
Maintenance  30.6   29.7   30.3 
Electronic data interchange services  12.0   12.0   12.0 
Revenue cycle management and related services  12.6   8.7   0.5 
Other services  9.2   9.3   9.1 
             
Maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services  64.3   59.8   51.9 
             
Total revenues  100.0   100.0   100.0 
             
Cost of revenue:            
Software, hardware and supplies  4.2   5.4   5.8 
Implementation and training services  4.1   4.2   5.5 
             
Total cost of system sales  8.3   9.6   11.4 
Maintenance  4.6   4.8   6.7 
Electronic data interchange services  8.7   8.7   8.5 
Revenue cycle management and related services  9.5   6.0   0.3 
Other services  7.0   7.1   6.7 
             
Total cost of maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services  29.7   26.6   22.1 
Total cost of revenue  38.0   36.2   33.5 
             
Gross profit  62.0   63.8   66.5 
Operating expenses:            
Selling, general and administrative  29.8   28.3   28.6 
Research and development costs  5.7   5.6   6.1 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets  0.6   0.4   0.0 
             
Total operating expenses  36.1   34.3   34.6 
Income from operations  25.9   29.5   31.8 
Interest income  0.1   0.5   1.4 
Other income (expense)  0.1   (0.1)  0.5 
             
Income before provision for income taxes  26.1   29.9   33.8 
Provision for income taxes  9.5   11.1   12.3 
             
Net income  16.6%  18.8%  21.5%
             


37


Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009
Net Income.  For the year ended March 31, 2010, our net income was $48.4 million or $1.69 per share on a basic and $1.68 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison, we earned $46.1 million or $1.65 per share on a basic and $1.62 per share on a fully diluted basis in the year ended March 31, 2009. The increase in net income for the year ended March 31, 2010 was achieved primarily through the following:
• an 18.9% increase in consolidated revenue, including an increase of $27.7 million in revenue from our NextGen Division and an increase of $17.4 million in revenue from our Practice Solutions Division;
• a 13.6% increase in NextGen Division revenue, which accounted for 79.4% of consolidated revenue;
• an increase of recurring revenue, including RCM, maintenance, and EDI revenue, offset by a decline in our gross profit margin due primarily to both a shift in revenue mix with increased RCM revenue and lower gross margins related to RCM revenue;
• an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue related to higher selling and corporate expenses and
• a decrease in interest income primarily due significantly lower interest rates, as compared to the prior year, on money market accounts in which we invest a majority of our cash.
Revenue.  Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased 18.9% to $291.8 million from $245.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2009. NextGen Division revenue increased 13.6% to $231.6 million from $204.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 while QSI Dental Division revenue increased 8.1% during that same period to $17.1 million from $15.9 million and Practice Solutions Division revenue increased 67.5% during that same period to $43.1 million from $25.7 million. Practice Solutions Division revenue was impacted positively in fiscal year 2010 as a result of including a full year of results versus approximately ten and five months of results for HSI and PMP, respectively, in fiscal year 2009.
We divide revenue into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services.” Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of our software systems. The majority of the copiesrevenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of such reports receivedsoftware. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services category includes maintenance, EDI, RCM, follow-on training services, annual third party license fees, hosting and other services revenue.
System Sales.  Revenue earned from Company-wide sales of systems for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased 5.4% to $104.1 million from $98.8 million in the prior year.
Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 5.1% increase in category revenue at our NextGen Division whose sales in this category grew from $93.3 million during the year ended March 31, 2009 to $98.1 million during the year ended March 31, 2010. This increase was driven by us, or written representationshigher sales of ambulatory practice management and health records software to both new and existing clients, as well as increases in revenue related to implementation and training services.
Systems sales revenue in the QSI Dental Division increased to approximately $3.9 million in the year ended March 31, 2010 from certain reporting persons that no$3.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 while systems sales revenue in the Practice Solutions Division decreased to approximately $2.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2010 from $2.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2009. Systems sales in the QSI Dental Division was positively impacted by greater joint sales of dental and medical software to Federally Qualified Health Centers.


38


The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third party software, supplies, and implementation and training services components by division:
                 
     Hardware, Third
  Implementation
    
     Party Software
  and Training
  Total System
 
  Software  and Supplies  Services  Sales 
 
Year ended March 31, 2010                
QSI Dental Division $1,699  $1,409  $825  $3,933 
NextGen Division  79,832   4,944   13,284   98,060 
Practice Solutions Division  1,877      267   2,144 
                 
Consolidated $83,408  $6,353  $14,376  $104,137 
                 
Year ended March 31, 2009                
QSI Dental Division $915  $1,171  $938  $3,024 
NextGen Division  74,128   6,775   12,437   93,340 
Practice Solutions Division  2,397         2,397 
                 
Consolidated $77,440  $7,946  $13,375  $98,761 
                 
NextGen Division software license revenue increased 7.7% between the year ended March 31, 2009 and the year ended March 31, 2010. The Division’s software revenue accounted for 81.4% of divisional system sales revenue during the year ended March 31, 2010, compared to 79.4% during the year ended March 31, 2009. Software license revenue growth continues to be an area of primary emphasis for the NextGen Division. The Opus acquisition contributed approximately $0.9 million to the NextGen Division’s software license revenue during the year ended March 31, 2010.
During the year ended March 31, 2010, 5.0% of NextGen Division’s system sales revenue was represented by hardware and third party software compared to 7.3% during the year ended March 31, 2009. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software revenue fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of customers. The inclusion of hardware and third party software in the Division’s sales arrangements is typically at the request of the customer and is not a priority focus for us.
Implementation and training revenue related to system sales at the NextGen Division increased 6.8% in the year ended March 31, 2010 compared to the year ended March 31, 2009. The amount of implementation and training services revenue is dependent on several factors, including timing of customer implementations, the availability of qualified staff, and the mix of services being rendered. The number of implementation and training staff increased during the year ended March 31, 2010 versus 2009 in order to accommodate the increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunction with increased software sales. In order to achieve growth in this area, additional staffing increases and additional training facilities are anticipated, though actual future increases in revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of qualified staff, business mix and conditions, and our ability to retain current staff members.
The NextGen Division’s growth has come in part from investments in sales and marketing activities including a revamped NextGen.com Web site, new NextGen logo, new marketing campaigns, trade show attendance, and other reportsexpanded advertising and marketing expenditures. We have also benefited from winning numerous industry awards for the NextGen Division’s flagship NextGenehr and NextGenepm software products and the increasing acceptance of electronic medical records technology in the healthcare industry.
For the QSI Dental Division, total system sales increased 30.1% in the year ended March 31, 2010 compared to the year ended March 31, 2009. Systems sales in the QSI Dental Division were required, we believe thatpositively impacted by greater joint sales of dental and medical software to Federally Qualified Health Centers. In addition, the Division began selling the SaaS based NextDDS product during the year ended March 31, 2010.


39


For the Practice Solutions Division, total system sales decreased by 10.6% in the year ended March 31, 2010 compared to the year ended March 31, 2009. Systems sales revenue within the Practice Solutions Division is composed of sales to existing RCM customers only.
Maintenance, EDI, Revenue Cycle Management and Other Services.  For the year ended March 31, 2010, Company-wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services grew 27.9% to $187.7 million from $146.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2009. The increase in this category resulted from an increase in maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services revenue from the NextGen and Practice Solutions Divisions. Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for the year ended March 31, 2010 grew 24.9% to $81.9 million from $65.6 million in the prior year. The Opus acquisition contributed $1.2 million to the NextGen Division’s maintenance revenue during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007,2010. NextGen Division EDI revenue grew 21.2% to $30.0 million compared to $24.8 million in the prior year. RCM revenue grew to $36.7 million from $21.4 million in the prior year primarily as a result of increases in RCM revenue to existing customers as well as including a full year of results for HSI and PMP in fiscal year 2010 versus approximately ten and five months of respective results in fiscal year 2009. Other services revenue for the NextGen Division, which consists primarily of third party annual software license renewals, consulting services and hosting services increased 6.9% to $21.7 million from $20.3 million a year ago. QSI Dental Division maintenance, EDI and other services revenue increased 2.9% to $13.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 compared to $12.8 million in the prior year.
The following table details maintenance, EDI, RCM, and other services revenue by category for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
                     
        Revenue Cycle
       
  Maintenance  EDI  Management  Other  Total 
 
Year ended March 31, 2010                    
QSI Dental Division $7,217  $5,038  $  $940  $13,195 
NextGen Division  81,867   29,997      21,697   133,561 
Practice Solutions Division  108      36,665   4,145   40,918 
                     
Consolidated $89,192  $35,035  $36,665  $26,782  $187,674 
                     
Year ended March 31, 2009                    
QSI Dental Division $7,167  $4,766  $  $894  $12,827 
NextGen Division  65,559   24,756      20,299   110,614 
Practice Solutions Division  136      21,431   1,746   23,313 
                     
Consolidated $72,862  $29,522  $21,431  $22,939  $146,754 
                     
The growth in maintenance revenue for the NextGen Division has come from new customers that have been added each quarter, existing customers who have purchased additional licenses, and our relative success in retaining existing maintenance customers. NextGen Division’s EDI revenue growth has come from new customers and from further penetration of the Division’s existing customer base. The growth in RCM is a result of the HSI and PMP acquisitions and future growth is expected from cross selling opportunities between the customer bases. We intend to continue to promote maintenance, EDI and RCM services to both new and existing customers.
Cost of Revenue.  Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased 24.7% to $110.8 million from $88.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 and the cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue increased to 38.0% from 36.2% due to the fact that the rate of growth in cost of revenue grew faster than the aggregate revenue growth rate for the Company.


40


The following table details revenue and cost of revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
                 
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  %  2009  % 
 
QSI Dental Division                
Revenue $17,128   100.0% $15,851   100.0%
Cost of revenue  7,788   45.5%  7,582   47.8%
                 
Gross profit $9,340   54.5% $8,269   52.2%
                 
NextGen Division                
Revenue $231,621   100.0% $203,954   100.0%
Cost of revenue  73,534   31.7%  65,311   32.0%
                 
Gross profit $158,087   68.3% $138,643   68.0%
                 
Practice Solutions Division                
Revenue $43,062   100.0% $25,710   100.0%
Cost of revenue  29,485   68.5%  15,997   62.2%
                 
Gross profit $13,577   31.5% $9,713   37.8%
                 
Consolidated                
Revenue $291,811   100.0% $245,515   100.0%
Cost of revenue  110,807   38.0%  88,890   36.2%
                 
Gross profit $181,004   62.0% $156,625   63.8%
                 
Gross profit margins at the NextGen Division for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased slightly to 68.3% from 68.0% from the year ended March 31, 2009 primarily as a result of a lower amount of hardware revenue in fiscal year 2010 versus fiscal year 2009. Gross profit margins at the QSI Dental Division for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased to 54.5% from 52.2% for the year ended March 31, 2009 also as result of lower percentage of payroll and related benefits in system sales in fiscal year 2010 versus fiscal year 2009. Gross margin in the Practice Solutions Division declined as a result of a smaller proportion of software revenue included in revenue versus the prior year as well as costs related to transitioning to the NextGen Division platform and otherramp-up costs.
The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profit as a percentage of total revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
                         
  Hardware,
  Payroll and
             
  Third Party
  Related
        Total Cost of
  Gross
 
  Software  Benefits  EDI  Other  Revenue  Profit 
 
Year ended March 31, 2010                        
QSI Dental Division  8.5%  13.8%  16.0%  7.2%  45.5%  54.5%
NextGen Division  2.5%  13.2%  9.5%  6.5%  31.7%  68.3%
Practice Solutions Division  0.5%  43.6%  1.1%  23.3%  68.5%  31.5%
                         
Consolidated  2.5%  17.7%  8.7%  9.1%  38.0%  62.0%
                         
Year ended March 31, 2009                        
QSI Dental Division  7.6%  19.8%  17.1%  3.3%  47.8%  52.2%
NextGen Division  3.9%  11.0%  9.1%  8.0%  32.0%  68.0%
Practice Solutions Division  0.2%  45.0%  0.0%  17.0%  62.2%  37.8%
                         
Consolidated  3.7%  15.1%  8.4%  9.0%  36.2%  63.8%
                         


41


The increase in our consolidated cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue between the year ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended March 31, 2009 is primarily attributable to an increase in RCM revenue, which carries higher payroll and related benefits as a percentage of revenue and higher consolidated EDI costs, offset by a decrease in hardware and third party software as a percentage of revenue. Other expense, which consists of outside service costs, amortization of software development costs and other costs, increased slightly to 9.1% of total revenue during the year ended March 31, 2010 from 9.0% of total revenue during the year ended March 31, 2009.
During the year ended March 31, 2010, hardware and third party software constituted a smaller portion of cost of revenue compared to the prior year period in the NextGen Division. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software purchased fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of the customers and is not a priority focus for us.
Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering our products and services increased to 17.7% of consolidated revenue in the year ended March 31, 2010 compared to 15.1% during the year ended March 31, 2009 primarily due to inclusion of a full year of HSI and PMP transactions in fiscal year 2010 versus a partial period in fiscal year 2009. RCM is a service business, which inherently has higher percentage of payroll costs as a percentage of revenue.
The absolute level of consolidated payroll and benefit expenses grew from $37.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 to $51.8 million in the year ended March 31, 2010, an increase of 39.4% or approximately $14.6 million. Of the $14.6 million increase, approximately $7.2 million of the increase is related to the Practice Solutions Division, which included a full year of HSI and PMP expenses during fiscal year 2010 versus approximately ten and five months of respective expense in fiscal year 2009. For the NextGen Division, an increase of approximately $8.2 million was related to increased headcount and payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services Payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the QSI Dental Division decreased $0.7 million from $3.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 to $2.4 million in the year ended March 31, 2010. The application of ASC 718 added approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million in compensation expense to cost of revenue in the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
As a result of the foregoing events and activities, the gross profit percentage for the Company decreased for the year ended March 31, 2010 versus the prior year.
We anticipate continued additions to headcount in the NextGen Division in areas related to delivering products and services in future periods but due to the uncertainties in the timing of our sales arrangements, our sales mix, the acquisition and training of qualified personnel, and other issues, we cannot accurately predict if related headcount expense as a percentage of revenue will increase or decrease in the future.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2010 increased 25.3% to $87.0 million as compared to $69.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2009. The increase in these expenses resulted primarily from a:
• $9.9 million increase in salaries and related expenses in the NextGen Division primarily as a result of headcount additions;
• $2.5 million increase in marketing and trade shows in the NextGen Division;
• $1.5 million increase from the acquisition of Sphere and Opus;
• $3.3 million increase in corporate related expenses, primarily as a result of headcount additions, and
• $0.4 million increase in other selling and administrative expenses.
The application of ASC 718 added approximately $1.9 million and $1.5 million in compensation expense to selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in the aforementioned amounts. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased from 28.3% in the year ended March 31, 2009 to 29.8% in the year ended March 31, 2010.


42


We anticipate increased expenditures for trade shows, advertising and the employment of additional sales and administrative staff at the NextGen Division. We also anticipate future increases in corporate expenditures being made in a wide range of areas including professional services. While we expect selling, general and administrative expenses to increase on an absolute basis, we cannot accurately predict the impact these additional expenditures will have on selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue.
Research and Development Costs.  Research and development costs for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were $16.5 million and $13.8 million, respectively. The increases in research and development expenses were due in part to increased investment in the NextGen Division product line. Additionally, the application of ASC 718 added approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million in the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in compensation expense to research and development costs, net of amounts capitalized as software development in those fiscal years. Additions to capitalized software costs offset research and development costs. For the year ended March 31, 2010, $7.9 million was added to capitalized software costs while $5.9 million was capitalized during the year ended March 31, 2009. Research and development costs as a percentage of revenue increased to 5.7% in the year ended March 31, 2010 from 5.6% in the year ended March 31, 2009. Research and development expenses are expected to continue at or above current dollar levels.
Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets.  Amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were $1.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The increase in amortization expense is primarily due to the addition of customer relationships and software technology intangible assets, which were acquired through the acquisitions of Opus and Sphere during fiscal year 2010.
Interest Income.  Interest income for the year ended March 31, 2010 decreased to $0.2 million compared to $1.2 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 primarily due to significantly lower interest rates received on the Company’s cash investments, which are primarily in institutional money market accounts. Short term interest rates were at historic lows for most of the year ended March 31, 2010.
Our investment policy is determined by our Board of Directors. We currently maintain our cash in very liquid short term assets including tax exempt and taxable money market funds. We owned approximately $7.2 million in ARS as of March 31, 2010, which are illiquid due to the auction failures in the ARS market. Our Board of Directors continues to review alternate uses for our cash including, but not limited to, payment of a special dividend, initiation of a stock buyback program, an expansion of our investment policy to include investments with longer maturities of greater than 90 days, or other items. Additionally, it is possible that we will utilize some or all of our cash to fund acquisitions or other similar business activities. Any or all of these programs could significantly impact our investment income in future periods.
Other Income (Expense).  Other income (expense) for the year ended March 31, 2010 consists of gains and losses in fair value recorded on our ARS investments as well as on our ARS put option rights. We recorded an overall gain on our ARS and ARS put option rights of approximately $0.3 million.
Provision for Income Taxes.  The provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 2010 was approximately $27.8 million as compared to approximately $27.2 million for the prior year. The effective tax rates for fiscal years 2010 and 2009 were 36.5% and 37.1%, respectively. The provision for income taxes for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 differs from the combined statutory rates primarily due to the impact of varying state income tax rates, research and development tax credits, the qualified production activities deduction, and exclusions for Company-owned life insurance proceeds and tax-exempt interest income. The change in the effective rate for the year ended March 31, 2010 includes an increase in the benefit from the qualified production activities deduction and a decrease in the state income tax expense.
During the year ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, we claimed research and development tax credits of approximately $0.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The Company also claimed the qualified production activities deduction under Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable199 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) of approximately $4.1 million and $2.7 million during the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Research and development credits and the qualified production activities income deduction taken by us involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding qualification of expenses under the relevant tax code provision.


43


Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008
During fiscal year 2010, as a result of certain organizational changes, the composition of the Company’s NextGen Division was revised to exclude the former NextGen Practice Solutions unit and the Company’s RCM entities (HSI and PMP), both of which are now administered and aggregated in the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Following the reorganization, the Company now operates three reportable operating segments (not including Corporate), comprised of the NextGen Division, the QSI Dental Division and the Practice Solutions Division. During fiscal year 2009, we strengthened our position in the RCM market with the acquisitions of HSI and PMP, which closed on May 20, 2008 and October 28, 2008, respectively. Prior to fiscal year 2009, the Company had no material operations in the RCM area and as such, fiscal year 2008 result of operations are not re-casted to reflect the change in reportable segments established in fiscal year 2010. Further for purposes of the presentation of the comparison of fiscal years ended March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008, the tables and discussion therein are not re-casted to reflect the change in reportable segments. See the presentation of the comparison of fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 for re-casted reportable segment results for fiscal year 2009.
Net Income.  For the year ended March 31, 2009, our net income was $46.1 million or $1.65 per share on a basic and $1.62 per share on a fully diluted basis. In comparison, we earned $40.1 million or $1.47 per share on a basic and $1.44 per share on a fully diluted basis in the year ended March 31, 2008. The increase in net income for the year ended March 31, 2009 was achieved primarily through the following:
• a 31.6% increase in consolidated revenue, including $21.4 million in RCM revenue from our recently acquired entities;
• a 34.7% increase in NextGen Division revenue which accounted for 93.5% of consolidated revenue;
• a shift in revenue mix with increased maintenance, EDI and RCM revenue resulting in a decline in our gross profit margin;
• an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue related to higher than usual legal expenses, primarily as a result of certain legal matters related to intellectual property infringement claims in the NextGen Division and a proxy contest; and
• a decrease in interest income primarily due a greater proportion of funds invested in short-term U.S Treasuries and tax free money market accounts which returned significantly lower interest rates as compared to the prior year.
Revenue.  Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2009 increased 31.6% to $245.5 million from $186.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2008. NextGen Division revenue increased 34.7% to $229.7 million from $170.5 million in the year ended March 31, 2008, while QSI Dental Division revenue decreased by 1.2% during that same period, to $15.9 million from $16.0 million. NextGen Division revenue is inclusive of approximately $15.6 million in revenue from HSI and $8.6 million in revenue from PMP, our two fiscal year 2009 RCM acquisitions.
We divide revenue into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services.” Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to purchase of our software systems. The majority of the revenue in the system sales category is related to the sale of software. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services category includes maintenance, EDI, RCM, follow-on training services, annual third party license fees, hosting and other services revenue.
System Sales.  Revenue earned from Company-wide sales of systems for the year ended March 31, 2009 increased 10.0% to $98.8 million from $89.8 million in the prior year.
Our increase in revenue from sales of systems was principally the result of a 9.9% increase in category revenue at our NextGen Division whose sales in this category grew from $87.1 million during the year ended March 31, 2008 to $95.7 million during the year ended March 31, 2009. This increase was driven by higher sales of NextGenehr and NextGenepm software to both new and existing clients, as well as increases in sales of hardware, third party software and supplies and implementation and training services.


44


Systems sales revenue in the QSI Dental Division increased to approximately $3.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 from $2.6 million in the year ended March 31, 2008.
The following table breaks down our reported system sales into software, hardware, third party software, supplies, and implementation and training services components by division:
                 
     Hardware, Third
  Implementation
    
     Party Software
  and Training
  Total System
 
  Software  and Supplies  Services  Sales 
 
Year ended March 31, 2009                
QSI Dental Division $915  $1,171  $938  $3,024 
NextGen Division  76,525   6,775   12,437   95,737 
                 
Consolidated $77,440  $7,946  $13,375  $98,761 
                 
Year ended March 31, 2008                
QSI Dental Division $360  $1,134  $1,154  $2,648 
NextGen Division  69,276   5,593   12,252   87,121 
                 
Consolidated $69,636  $6,727  $13,406  $89,769 
                 
NextGen Division software license revenue increased 10.5% between the year ended March 31, 2008 and the year ended March 31, 2009. The Division’s software revenue accounted for 79.9% of divisional system sales revenue during the year ended March 31, 2009, compared to 79.5% during the year ended March 31, 2008. Software license revenue growth continues to be an area of primary emphasis for the NextGen Division.
During the year ended March 31, 2009, 7.1% of NextGen Division’s system sales revenue was represented by hardware and third party software compared to 6.4% during the year ended March 31, 2008. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software revenue fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of customers. The inclusion of hardware and third party software in the Division’s sales arrangements is typically at the request of the customer and is not a priority focus for us.
Implementation and training revenue related to system sales at the NextGen Division increased 1.5% in the year ended March 31, 2009 compared to the year ended March 31, 2008. The amount of implementation and training services revenue is dependent on several factors, including timing of customer implementations, the availability of qualified staff, and the mix of services being rendered. The number of implementation and training staff increased during the year ended March 31, 2009 versus 2008 in order to accommodate the increased amount of implementation services sold in conjunction with increased software sales. In order to achieve growth in this area, additional staffing increases and additional training facilities are anticipated, though actual future increases in revenue and staff will depend upon the availability of qualified staff, business mix and conditions, and our ability to retain current staff members.
The NextGen Division’s growth has come in part from investments in sales and marketing activities including a revamped NextGen.com Web site, new NextGen logo, new marketing campaigns, trade show attendance, and other expanded advertising and marketing expenditures. We have also benefited from winning numerous industry awards for the NextGen Division’s flagship NextGenehr and NextGenepm software products and the apparent increasing acceptance of electronic medical records technology in the healthcare industry.
For the QSI Dental Division, total system sales increased 14.2% in the year ended March 31, 2009 compared to the year ended March 31, 2008. We do not presently foresee any material changes in the business environment for the Division with respect to the weak purchasing environment in the dental group practice market that has existed for the past several years.
Maintenance, EDI, Revenue Cycle Management and Other Services.  For the year ended March 31, 2009, Company-wide revenue from maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services grew 51.7% to $146.8 million from $96.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2008. The increase in this category resulted from an increase in maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services revenue from the NextGen Division. Total NextGen Division maintenance revenue for the year ended March 31, 2009 grew 33.3% to $65.7 million from $49.3 million in


45


the prior year, while EDI revenue grew 38.4% to $24.8 million compared to $17.9 million in the prior year. RCM grew to $21.4 million primarily as a result of the HSI and PMP acquisitions. Other services revenue for the NextGen Division, which consists primarily of third party annual software license renewals, consulting services and hosting services increased 43.9% to $22.0 million from $15.3 million a year ago. QSI Dental Division maintenance, EDI and other services revenue decreased 4.2% to $12.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2009 compared to $13.4 million in the prior year.
The following table details maintenance, EDI, RCM, and other services revenue by category for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008:
                     
        Revenue Cycle
       
  Maintenance  EDI  Management  Other  Total 
 
Year ended March 31, 2009                    
QSI Dental Division $7,167  $4,766  $  $894  $12,827 
NextGen Division  65,695   24,756   21,431   22,045   133,927 
                     
Consolidated $72,862  $29,522  $21,431  $22,939  $146,754 
                     
Year ended March 31, 2008                    
QSI Dental Division $7,186  $4,564  $  $1,639  $13,389 
NextGen Division  49,269   17,886   871   15,316   83,342 
                     
Consolidated $56,455  $22,450  $871  $16,955  $96,731 
                     
The growth in maintenance revenue for the NextGen Division has come from new customers that have been added each quarter, existing customers who have purchased additional licenses, and our relative success in retaining existing maintenance customers. NextGen Division’s EDI revenue growth has come from new customers and from further penetration of the Division’s existing customer base. The growth in RCM is a result of the HSI and PMP acquisitions and future growth is expected from cross selling opportunities between the customer bases.
Cost of Revenue.  Cost of revenue for the year ended March 31, 2009 increased 42.2% to $88.9 million from $62.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2008 and the cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue increased to 36.2% from 33.5% due to the fact that the rate of growth in cost of revenue grew faster than the aggregate revenue growth rate for the Company.
The following table details revenue and cost of revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008:
                 
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2009  %  2008  % 
 
QSI Dental Division                
Revenue $15,851   100.0% $16,037   100.0%
Cost of revenue  7,582   47.8%  7,545   47.0%
                 
Gross profit $8,269   52.2% $8,492   53.0%
                 
NextGen Division                
Revenue $229,664   100.0% $170,463   100.0%
Cost of revenue  81,308   35.4%  54,956   32.2%
                 
Gross profit $148,356   64.6% $115,507   67.8%
                 
Consolidated                
Revenue $245,515   100.0% $186,500   100.0%
Cost of revenue  88,890   36.2%  62,501   33.5%
                 
Gross profit $156,625   63.8% $123,999   66.5%
                 


46


Gross profit margins at the NextGen Division for the year ended March 31, 2009 decreased to 64.6% from 67.8% from the year ended March 31, 2008. Gross profit margins at the QSI Dental Division for the year ended March 31, 2009 decreased to 52.2% from 53.0% for the year ended March 31, 2008.
The following table details the individual components of cost of revenue and gross profit as a percentage of total revenue on a consolidated and divisional basis for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008:
                         
  Hardware,
  Payroll and
             
  Third Party
  Related
        Total Cost of
  Gross
 
  Software  Benefits  EDI  Other  Revenue  Profit 
 
Year ended March 31, 2009                        
QSI Dental Division  7.6%  19.8%  17.1%  3.3%  47.8%  52.2%
NextGen Division  3.5%  14.8%  7.8%  9.3%  35.4%  64.6%
                         
Consolidated  3.7%  15.1%  8.4%  9.0%  36.2%  63.8%
                         
Year ended March 31, 2008                        
QSI Dental Division  8.0%  19.1%  15.7%  4.2%  47.0%  53.0%
NextGen Division  3.8%  11.2%  7.5%  9.7%  32.2%  67.8%
                         
Consolidated  4.2%  11.8%  8.2%  9.3%  33.5%  66.5%
                         
The increase in our consolidated cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue between the year ended March 31, 2009 and the year ended March 31, 2008 is primarily attributable to an increase in RCM revenue, which carries higher payroll and related benefits as a percentage of revenue and higher EDI costs in both divisions, offset by a decrease in hardware and third party software, and other expense as a percentage of revenue. Other expense, which consists of outside service costs, amortization of software development costs and other costs, decreased to 9.0% of total revenue during the year ended March 31, 2009 from 9.3% of total revenue during the year ended March 31, 2008.
During the year ended March 31, 2009, hardware and third party software constituted a smaller portion of consolidated cost of revenue compared to the prior year period in the NextGen Division. The number of customers who purchase hardware and third party software and the dollar amount of hardware and third party software purchased fluctuates each quarter depending on the needs of the customers and is not a priority focus for us.
Our payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering our products and services increased to 15.1% of consolidated revenue in the year ended March 31, 2009 compared to 11.8% during the year ended March 31, 2008 primarily due to the acquisition of HSI and PMP which as service businesses have an inherently higher percentage of payroll costs as a percentage of revenue.
The absolute level of consolidated payroll and benefit expenses grew from $22.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2008 to $37.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2009, an increase of 67.9% or approximately $15.0 million. Of the $15.0 million increase, approximately $4.8 million was a result of the HSI acquisition and $3.9 million was a result of the PMP acquisition. In addition, related headcount, payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the NextGen Division increased by $6.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 to $25.1 million from $19.0 million in the year ended March 31, 2008. Payroll and benefits expense associated with delivering products and services in the QSI Dental Division remained consistent at $3.1 million in the year ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The application of ASC 718 added approximately $0.2 million and $0.5 million in compensation expense to cost of revenue in the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
As a result of the foregoing events and activities, the gross profit percentage for the Company and both our Divisions decreased for the year ended March 31, 2009 versus the prior year.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.  Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2009 increased 32.3% to $70.4 million as compared to $53.3 million for the year ended March 31, 2008. The increase in these expenses resulted from a:
• $2.7 million increase in legal expenses in the NextGen Division;
• $1.7 million increase in compensation expense in the NextGen Division;


47


• $1.2 million increase in outside services and consulting services in the NextGen Division;
• $0.9 million increase in advertising in the NextGen Division;
• $6.7 million increase in other selling, general and administrative expenses in the NextGen Division; and
• $3.9 million increase in corporate related expenses.
Approximately $1.5 million of the year over year increase in corporate related expense was related to expenses associated with the proxy contest which occurred in conjunction with the 2008 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting. Amortization of identifiable intangibles related to the HSI and PMP acquisitions of approximately $1.0 million and an increase in corporate salaries and related benefits of $0.7 million also contributed to the year over year corporate increase.
The application of ASC 718 added approximately $1.5 million and $2.5 million in compensation expense to selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and is included in the aforementioned amounts. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased slightly from 28.6% in the year ended March 31, 2008 to 28.7% in the year ended March 31, 2009.
Research and Development Costs.  Research and development costs for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 were $13.8 million and $11.4 million, respectively. The increases in research and development expenses were due in part to increased investment in the NextGen Division product line. Additionally, the application of ASC 718 added approximately $0.2 million and $0.8 million in the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, in compensation expense to research and development costs, net of amounts capitalized as software development in those fiscal years. Additions to capitalized software costs offset research and development costs. For the year ended March 31, 2009, $5.9 million was added to capitalized software costs while $6.0 million was capitalized during the year ended March 31, 2008. Research and development costs as a percentage of revenue decreased to 5.6% in the year ended March 31, 2009 from 6.1% in the year ended March 31, 2008.
Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets.  Amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2009 was $1.0 million. The amortization expense relates to the addition of customer relationships and trade name intangible assets, which were acquired through the acquisitions of HSI and PMP during fiscal year 2009.
Interest Income.  Interest income for the year ended March 31, 2009 decreased to $1.2 million compared to $2.7 million in the year ended March 31, 2008 primarily due to:
• a lower amount of investments held in ARS when compared to the prior year;
• larger amounts invested in money market accounts which earned significantly lower interest rates as compared to the prior year; and
• overall comparatively lower amounts of funds available for investment during the year due to payments of $8.2 million and $17.0 million, respectively, for the Company’s acquisitions of HSI and PMP and increased quarterly dividend payments.
Other Income (Expense).  Other income (expense) for the year ended March 31, 2009 consists of gains and losses in fair value recorded on our ARS investments as well as on our ARS put option rights. We recognized a pre-tax unrealized loss on our ARS of approximately $0.7 million. At the same time, we estimated the fair value of our ARS put option rights at approximately $0.4 million.
Included in other income for the year ended March 31, 2008 was approximately $1.0 million, resulting from a gain on life insurance proceeds due to the passing of Gregory Flynn, Executive Vice President and General Manager of the QSI Dental Division. Mr. Flynn participated in our deferred compensation plan which is funded through the purchase of life insurance policies with the Company named as beneficiary. There was no gain or loss recorded on investment securities during the year ended March 31, 2008.
Provision for Income Taxes.  The provision for income taxes for the year ended March 31, 2009 was approximately $27.2 million as compared to approximately $22.9 million for the prior year. The effective tax rates for fiscal 2009 and 2008 were 37.1% and 36.4%, respectively. The provision for income taxes for the years ended


48


March 31, 2009 and 2008 differs from the combined statutory rates primarily due to the impact of varying state income tax rates, research and development tax credits, the qualified production activities deduction, and exclusions for Company-owned life insurance proceeds and tax-exempt interest income. The change in the effective rate for the year ended March 31, 2009 includes an increase in the benefit from research and development credits, which was mostly offset by a decrease in qualified production activities deduction and an increase in state income tax expense.
During the year ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, we claimed research and development tax credits of approximately $1.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The Company also claimed the qualified production activities deduction under Section 199 of the IRC of approximately $2.7 million and $3.1 million during the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Research and development credits and the qualified production activities income deduction taken by us involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding qualification of expenses under the relevant tax code provision.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The following table presents selected financial statistics and information for each of the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
             
  Year Ended March 31,
  2010 2009 2008
 
Cash and cash equivalents $84,611  $70,180  $59,046 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents $14,431  $11,134  $(982)
Net income $48,379  $46,119  $40,078 
Net cash provided by operating activities $55,220  $48,712  $43,599 
Number of days of sales outstanding  125   125   136 
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
Cash provided by operations has historically been our primary source of cash and has primarily been driven by our net income plus adjustments to add back non-cash expenses, including depreciation, amortization of intangibles and capitalized software costs, provisions for bad debts and inventory obsolescence, share-based compensation and deferred taxes.
The following table summarizes our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
             
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
Net income $48,379  $46,119  $40,078 
Non-cash expenses  16,152   17,719   11,299 
Gain on life insurance proceeds, net        (755)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options, net     1   65 
Change in deferred revenue  12,528   3,130   5,447 
Change in accounts receivable  (18,944)  (11,369)  (13,811)
Change in other assets and liabilities  (2,895)  (6,888)  1,276 
             
Net cash provided by operating activities $55,220  $48,712  $43,599 
             
Net Income.  As referenced in the above table, net income makes up the majority of our cash generated from operations for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The NextGen Division’s contribution to net income has increased each year due to that Division’s operating income increasing more quickly than our Company as a whole.
Non-Cash Expenses.  Non-cash expenses include depreciation, amortization of intangibles and capitalized software costs, provisions for bad debts and inventory obsolescence, share-based compensation and deferred taxes. Total non-cash expenses were $16.2 million, $17.7 million and $11.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2010,


49


2009 and 2008, respectively. The change for the year ended March 31, 2010 as compared to the prior year is primarily related to an increase of approximately $0.8 million in depreciation, $0.8 million of amortization of capitalized software costs, $0.7 million of amortization of other intangibles, and $1.4 million in the allowance for bad debt, offset by a decrease of $5.2 million in deferred income tax expense.
Tax Benefits From Stock Options.  Tax benefits from the exercise of stock options were $1.6 million, $3.4 million and $1.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our application of ASC 718 required excess tax benefits to be reclassed to financing activities, resulting in a corresponding decrease in our net cash provided by operating activities of $1.6 million, $3.4 million and $1.3 million in the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Deferred Revenue.  Cash from operations benefited significantly from increases in deferred revenue primarily due to an increase in the volume of implementation and maintenance services invoiced by the NextGen Division which had not yet been rendered or recognized as revenue. This benefit is offset by the increase in unpaid deferred revenue. Deferred revenue grew by approximately $12.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 versus growth of $3.1 million and $5.4 million for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008, resulting in increases to cash provided by operating activities for the respective periods.
Accounts Receivable.  Accounts receivable grew by approximately $18.9 million, $11.4 million and $13.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in accounts receivable in the periods is due to the following factors:
• NextGen Division revenue grew 13.6%, 19.6% and 21.3% for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively;
• Turnover of accounts receivable is generally slower in the NextGen Division due to the fact that the systems sales related revenue have longer payment terms, generally up to one year, which historically have accounted for a major portion of NextGen Division sales;
• The Opus acquisition added approximately $2.1 million of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2010; and
• We experienced an increase in the volume of undelivered services billed in advance by the NextGen Division which were unpaid as of the end of each period and included in accounts receivable. This resulted in an increase in both deferred revenue and accounts receivable of approximately $9.5 million, $1.2 million and $4.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The turnover of accounts receivable measured in terms of days sales outstanding (“DSO”) fluctuated during the year, but remained consistent at 125 days during the year ended March 31, 2010 as compared to the prior year.
If amounts included in both accounts receivable and deferred revenue were netted, our turnover of accounts receivable expressed as DSO would be 79 days as of March 31, 2010 and 83 days as of March 31, 2009. Provided turnover of accounts receivable, deferred revenue, and profitability remain consistent with the year ended March 31, 2010, we anticipate being able to continue to generate cash from operations during fiscal 2011 primarily from our net income.
Cash flows from investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $13.9 million, $19.4 million and $30.2 million, respectively. The decrease in cash used in investing activities for the year ended March 31, 2010 is due mainly to the fact that we acquired cash balances of $2.0 million from the acquisition of Opus whereas for the year ended March 31, 2009, we had paid approximately $8.2 million and $17.0 million for the acquisitions of HSI and PMP, respectively, offset by proceeds from the sale of marketable securities of $14.8 million. Other net cash outflows during the year ended March 31, 2010 include payments of $0.3 million for each of our two fiscal year 2010 acquisitions, Opus and Sphere, and payment of contingent consideration related to the PMP acquisition of $3.0 million as well as additions to equipment and improvements and capitalized software costs totaling $12.9 million.


50


Cash flows from financing activities
Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended March 31, 2010 was $26.8 million and consisted of dividends paid to shareholders totaling $34.3 million, offset by proceeds of $5.9 million from the exercise of stock options. We recorded a reduction in income tax liability of $1.6 million related to excess tax deductions received from employee stock option exercises. The benefit was recorded as additional paid in capital.
Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities
At March 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $84.6 million and marketable securities of $7.2 million. We intend to expend some of these funds for the development of products complementary to our reporting persons were met.

Codeexisting product line as well as new versions of Ethics

certain of our products. These developments are intended to take advantage of more powerful technologies and to increase the integration of our products. We have no additional significant current capital commitments.

On February 10, 2010, we acquired Opus and on August 12, 2009, we acquired Sphere. The Opus purchase price of $20.6 million consisted of approximately $0.3 million in cash plus up to $11.6 million in contingent consideration tied to future performance. The Sphere purchase price of $1.4 million consisted of approximately $0.3 million in cash plus an estimated $1.1 million (but in no event to exceed $2.5 million) in contingent consideration tied to future performance.
On October 28, 2008, we acquired PMP and on May 20, 2008, we acquired HSI. The PMP purchase price consisted of approximately $17.0 million in cash (including direct transaction costs) plus up to $3.0 million in contingent consideration tied to future performance, which has been paid as of March 31, 2010. The HSI purchase price consisted of approximately $8.2 million in cash (including direct transaction costs) plus up to approximately $1.7 million in contingent consideration tied to future performance.
In January 2007, our Board of Directors adopted a Codepolicy whereby we intend to pay a regular quarterly dividend of Business Conduct$0.25 per share on our outstanding common stock, subject to further Board review and Ethicsapproval and establishment of record and distribution dates by our Board of Directors prior to the declaration of each such quarterly dividend. In August 2008, our Board of Directors increased the quarterly dividend to $0.30 per share. We anticipate that appliesfuture quarterly dividends, if and when declared by our Board of Directors pursuant to this policy, would likely be distributable on or about the fifth day of each of the months of October, January, April and July.
On May 26, 2010, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.30 per share on our outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of June 17, 2010 with an expected distribution date on or about July 6, 2010.


51


The following dividends have been declared in the 2010, 2009, and 2008 fiscal years on the dates indicated:
         
      Dividend
Board Approval Date
 
Record Date
 
Payment Date
 Amount
 
Fiscal year 2010
        
January 27, 2010 March 23, 2010 April 5, 2010 $0.30 
October 28, 2009 December 23, 2009 January 5, 2010  0.30 
July 23, 2009 September 25, 2009 October 5, 2009  0.30 
May 27, 2009 June 12, 2009 July 6, 2009  0.30 
Fiscal year 2009
        
January 28, 2009 March 11, 2009 April 3, 2009 $0.30 
October 30, 2008 December 15, 2008 January 5, 2009  0.30 
August 4, 2008 September 15, 2008 October 1, 2008  0.30 
May 29, 2008 June 15, 2008 July 2, 2008  0.25 
Fiscal year 2008
        
January 30, 2008 March 14, 2008 April 7, 2008 $0.25 
October 25, 2007 December 14, 2007 January 7, 2008  0.25 
July 31, 2007 September 14, 2007 October 5, 2007  0.25 
May 31, 2007 June 15, 2007 July 5, 2007  0.25 
Management believes that its cash and cash equivalents on hand at March 31, 2010, together with its marketable securities and cash flows from operations, if any, will be sufficient to meet its working capital and capital expenditure requirements as well as any dividends to be paid in the ordinary course of business for the remainder of fiscal year 2011.
Contractual Obligations.  The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations, all of which relate to operating leases, at March 31, 2010 and the effect that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash in future periods:
     
Year Ended March 31,    
2011 $4,413 
2012  4,565 
2013  4,577 
2014  3,963 
2015 and beyond  7,215 
     
  $24,733 
     
New Accounting Pronouncements
Refer to Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for a discussion of new accounting standards.
ITEM 7A.QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS
We maintain investments in tax exempt municipal ARS which are classified as current and non-current marketable securities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. A small portion of our portfolio is invested in closed-end funds which invest in tax exempt municipal ARS. At March 31, 2010, we had approximately $7.2 million of ARS on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The ARS are rated by one or more national rating agencies and have contractual terms of up to 30 years but generally have interest rate reset dates that occur every 7, 28 or 35 days.
Despite the underlying long-term maturity of ARS, such securities were priced and subsequently traded as short-term investments because of the interest rate reset feature. If there are insufficient buyers, the auction is said to “fail” and the holders are unable to liquidate the investments through auction. A failed auction does not result in a


52


default of the debt instrument. The securities will continue to accrue interest and be auctioned until the auction succeeds, the issuer calls the securities, or the securities mature. In February 2008, we began to experience failed auctions on our ARS and auction rate preferred securities. To determine their estimated fair values at March 31, 2010, factors including credit quality, the likelihood of redemption, and yields or spreads of fixed rate municipal bonds or other trading instruments issued by the same or comparable issuers, were considered. Based on our ability to access our cash and other short-term investments, our expected operating cash flows, and our other sources of cash, we do not anticipate the current lack of liquidity on these investments to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operation.
ITEM 8.FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Our Consolidated Financial Statements identified in the Index to Financial Statements appearing under “Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” of this Report are incorporated herein by reference to Item 15.
ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, respectively) have concluded, based on their evaluation as of March 31, 2010, that the design and accounting officer). This Codeoperation of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined inRule 13a-15(e) and15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports filed or submitted by us under the Security Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is postedrecorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding whether or not disclosure is required.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined inRule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision and with the participation of our Internet Website located at www.qsii.com. The Code may be found as follows: Frommanagement, including our main Web page, first click on “company info”principal executive officer and then on “corporate governance.”

-5-



We intendprincipal financial officer, to satisfyprovide reasonable assurance regarding the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05reliability of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provisionfinancial reporting and the preparation of the Code by posting such information on our Website, at the address and location specified above.

Audit Committee

          Our Board has an Audit Committee, establishedfinancial statements for external purposes in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A)generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures, that:
(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
(2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of our company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that


53


controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management of the Exchange Act, that since June 30, 2008Company has consisted of Messrs. Love, Plochocki, Hoffman and Kaplan. Our Audit Committee is comprised entirely of “independent” (as defined in Rule 4200(a)(15)assessed the effectiveness of the Nasdaq listing standards) directors and operates under a written charter adoptedCompany’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010 in making our assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria set forth inInternal Control — Integrated Frameworkissued by our Board. The dutiesthe Committee of our Audit Committee include meeting with our independent public accountants to review the scopeSponsoring Organizations of the annual audit and to reviewTreadway Commission. Based on our quarterly and annualevaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial statements beforereporting was effective as of March 31, 2010.
The effectiveness of the statements are released to our shareholders. Our Audit Committee also evaluates the independent public accountants’ performance and determines whether theCompany’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, shouldas stated in their report which appears herein.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
During the quarter ended March 31, 2010, there were no changes in our “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined inRule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10.DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be retainedfiled with the Commission.
ITEM 11.EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by usItem 11 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.
ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Item 12 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.
ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.
ITEM 14.PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 14 is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2010 Annual Shareholders’ Meeting to be filed with the Commission.


54


PART IV
ITEM 15.EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) (1) Index to Financial Statements:
Page
60
61
62
63
64
65
67
(2) The following supplementary financial statement schedule of Quality Systems, Inc., required to be included in Item 15(a)(2) on Form10-K is filed as part of this Report.
• Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts98
Schedules other than that listed above have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or because the information required is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto.
(3) The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits hereof are attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference and filed as a part of this Report.


55


INDEX TO EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit
  
Number
 
Description
 
 3.1 Restated Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California on September 8, 1989, are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement onForm S-1 (RegistrationNo. 333-00161) filed January 11, 1996.
 3.2 Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 4, 2005, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.
 3.3 Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective October 6, 2005 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 of the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed October 11, 2005.
 3.4 Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 3, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed March 6, 2006.
 3.5 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Quality Systems, Inc., effective October 30, 2008, are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed October 31, 2008.
 10.1* Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.
 10.2* Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
 10.3* Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended September 20, 2004.
 10.4* 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed October 5, 2005.
 10.5* Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed June 5, 2007.
 10.6* Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed June 5, 2007.
 10.7* 1993 Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1994.
 10.8* 1998 Employee Stock Contribution Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement onForm S-8 (RegistrationNo. 333-63131).
 10.9* Form of Second Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on February 2, 2010.
 10.10 Lease Agreement between Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated November 15, 2000, commencing February 5, 2001 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001.
 10.11 Fourth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated September 22, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.
 10.12 Fifth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated January 31, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.
 10.13 Lease Agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 8, 2002 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.


56


     
Exhibit
  
Number
 
Description
 
 10.14 Second Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated February 14, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.
 10.15 Amended and Restated Second Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 31, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.
 10.16 Lease agreement between the Company and Von Karman Michelson Corporation dated September 6, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.
 10.17 Office lease between the Company and SLTS Grand Avenue, L.P. dated May 3, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.
 10.18* Board Service Agreement between the Company and Patrick Cline is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K dated May 31, 2005.
 10.19* Director Compensation Program is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed February 2, 2010.
 10.20 Settlement Agreement dated as of August 8, 2006 between the registrant and Ahmed Hussein is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed August 9, 2006.
 10.21* Description of Compensation Program for Named Executive Officers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2010 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed June 1, 2009.
 10.22 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 16, 2008 by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Bud Merger Sub, LLC and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
 10.23 Office lease between the Company and Lakeshore Towers Limited Partnership Phase II, a California limited partnership, dated October 18, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
 10.24 Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated November 28, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
 10.25 First Amendment to Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
 10.26 Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, LLC, dated November 28, 2001, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
 10.27 Second Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between the TM Properties, LLC, successor to the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
 10.28 Assignment of Lease between InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, Lackland Acquisition II, LLC and TM Properties, LLC dated August 17, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the registrant’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.
 10.29 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated October 15, 2008 by and among (i) Quality Systems, Inc. (ii) NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. (iii) Ruth Merger Sub, Inc. (iv) Practice Management Partners, Inc. and (v) certain shareholders set forth therein, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008.

57


     
Exhibit
  
Number
 
Description
 
 10.30 First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Hill Management Services, Inc. and Practice Management Partners, Inc., dated January 15, 2008, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008.
 10.31 First Amendment to Sublease Agreement between RehabCare Group, Inc. and Practice Management Partners Inc., dated January 15 2008, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008.
 10.32 Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between Pinecrest LLC and Practice Management Partners, Inc., dated April 30, 2007, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2008.
 10.33* Employment Agreement dated August 11, 2008 between Quality Systems, Inc., and Steven Plochocki, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on August 12, 2008.
 10.34* Outside Directors Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Agreement is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed February 9, 2010.
 10.35* Employment Offer and Terms of Employment dated September 17, 2009, between Quality Systems, Inc. and Philip N. Kaplan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report onForm 8-K filed on September 21, 2009.
 10.36** Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 10, 2010, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., OHS Merger Sub, Inc., Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., and the Shareholders of Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc.
 10.37** Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated April 1, 2010.
 10.38** Third Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated January 1, 2010.
 10.39** Fourth Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated March 17, 2010.
 10.40** Third Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between the TM Properties, LLC, successor to the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated March 15, 2010.
 10.41** Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between Hill Management Services, Inc. and Practice Management Partners, Inc., dated November 1, 2009.
 10.42** Modification of Lease #1 between Olen Commercial Realty Corp. and NXG Acute Care LLC, dated October 13, 2009.
 10.43** Lease between Olen Commercial Realty Corp. and NXG Acurate Care LLC, dated October 1, 2009.
 10.44** Sublease Agreement between Centex Homes and Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., dated February   , 2009.
 21** List of subsidiaries.
 23.1** Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 23.2** Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Grant Thornton LLP.
 31.1** Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required byRule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 31.2** Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required byRule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 32.1** Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.
**Filed herewith.

58


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
By: /s/  Steven T. Plochocki
Steven T. Plochocki
President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: May 26, 2010
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the persons whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven T. Plochocki and Paul A. Holt, each of them acting individually, as his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report onForm 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorney-in-fact and any and all amendments to this Annual Report onForm 10-K.
Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed by the following persons on our behalf in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
/s/  Sheldon Razin

Sheldon Razin
Chairman of the Board and DirectorMay 26, 2010
/s/  Steven T. Plochocki

Steven T. Plochocki
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
May 26, 2010
/s/  Paul A. Holt

Paul A. Holt
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) and Secretary
May 26, 2010
/s/  Patrick B. Cline

Patrick B. Cline
President and Chief Strategy Officer,
and Director
May 26, 2010
/s/  Murray Brennan

Murray Brennan
DirectorMay 26, 2010
/s/  George Bristol

George Bristol
DirectorMay 26, 2010

Ahmed Hussein
Director

Joseph Davis
Director
/s/  Craig Barbarosh

Craig Barbarosh
DirectorMay 26, 2010
/s/  Russell Pflueger

Russell Pflueger
DirectorMay 26, 2010


59


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Quality Systems, Inc.,
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Quality Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries at March 31, 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the ensuing fiscal year.year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our Auditopinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2), presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein for the year ended March 31, 2010 when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee reviews our internal accounting and financial controls and reporting systems practices andof Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for reviewing, approvingthese financial statements and ratifying all related party transactions.financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our Audit Committee’s current charterresponsibility is postedto express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our Internet website at www.qsii.com.integrated audit. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our Audit Committeeaudit of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and our Board have confirmeddisclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our Audit Committee doesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
We also have audited the adjustments to the financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 to retrospectively apply the change in reportable segments as described in Note 15. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 of the Company other than with respect to the adjustments and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2009 and 2008 taken as a whole.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Orange County, California
May 28, 2010


60


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors
Quality Systems, Inc.
We have audited, before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in operating segment information described in Note 15, the consolidated balance sheet of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2009, and the related statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2009 (the 2009 and 2008 consolidated financial statements before the effects of the adjustments discussed in Note 15 are not presented herein). Our audits of the basic financial statements included the financial statement Schedule II listed in the index appearing under Item 15 (a)(2). These 2009 and 2008 consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the 2009 and 2008 consolidated financial statements referred to above, which are before the effects of the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in operating segment information described in Note 15, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Quality Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2009 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement Schedule II, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the adjustments to retrospectively apply the change in operating segment information described in Note 15 and accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance about whether such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. Those adjustments were audited by other auditors.
/s/  Grant Thornton LLP
Irvine, California
May 27, 2009


61


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
         
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009 
  (In thousands) 
 
ASSETS
Current assets:        
Cash and cash equivalents $84,611  $70,180 
Restricted cash  2,339   1,303 
Marketable securities  7,158    
Accounts receivable, net  107,458   90,070 
Inventories, net  1,340   1,125 
Income taxes receivable  2,953   5,605 
Net current deferred tax assets  5,678   3,994 
Other current assets  8,684   6,312 
         
Total current assets  220,221   178,589 
Marketable securities     7,395 
Equipment and improvements, net  8,432   6,756 
Capitalized software costs, net  11,546   9,552 
Intangibles, net  20,145   8,403 
Goodwill  46,189   28,731 
Other assets  3,647   2,675 
         
Total assets $310,180  $242,101 
         
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable $3,342  $5,097 
Deferred revenue  64,109   47,584 
Accrued compensation and related benefits  8,951   9,511 
Dividends payable  8,664   8,529 
Other current liabilities  16,220   8,888 
         
Total current liabilities  101,286   79,609 
Deferred revenue, net of current  474   521 
Net deferred tax liabilities  10,859   4,566 
Deferred compensation  1,883   1,838 
Other noncurrent liabilities  7,389    
         
Total liabilities  121,891   86,534 
Commitments and contingencies        
Shareholders’ equity:        
Common Stock        
$0.01 par value; authorized 50,000 shares; issued and        
outstanding 28,879 and 28,447 shares at March 31, 2010        
and March 31, 2009, respectively  289   284 
Additional paid-in capital  122,271   103,524 
Retained earnings  65,729   51,759 
         
Total shareholders’ equity  188,289   155,567 
         
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $310,180  $242,101 
         
The accompanying notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements.


62


             
  Fiscal Year Ended 
  March 31,
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009  2008 
  (In thousands, except per share data) 
 
Revenues:            
Software, hardware and supplies $89,761  $85,386  $76,363 
Implementation and training services  14,376   13,375   13,406 
             
System sales  104,137   98,761   89,769 
Maintenance  89,192   72,862   56,455 
Electronic data interchange services  35,035   29,522   22,450 
Revenue cycle management and related services  36,665   21,431   871 
Other services  26,782   22,939   16,955 
             
Maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services  187,674   146,754   96,731 
             
Total revenues  291,811   245,515   186,500 
             
Cost of revenue:            
Software, hardware and supplies  12,115   13,184   10,887 
Implementation and training services  11,983   10,286   10,341 
             
Total cost of system sales  24,098   23,470   21,228 
Maintenance  13,339   11,859   12,446 
Electronic data interchange services  25,262   21,374   15,776 
Revenue cycle management and related services  27,715   14,674   558 
Other services  20,393   17,513   12,493 
             
Total cost of maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services  86,709   65,420   41,273 
             
Total cost of revenue  110,807   88,890   62,501 
             
Gross profit  181,004   156,625   123,999 
Operating expenses:            
Selling, general and administrative  86,951   69,410   53,260 
Research and development costs  16,546   13,777   11,350 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets  1,783   1,035    
             
Total operating expenses  105,280   84,222   64,610 
             
Income from operations  75,724   72,403   59,389 
Interest income  226   1,203   2,661 
Other income (expense)  268   (279)  953 
             
Income before provision for income taxes  76,218   73,327   63,003 
Provision for income taxes  27,839   27,208   22,925 
             
Net income $48,379  $46,119  $40,078 
             
Net income per share:            
Basic $1.69  $1.65  $1.47 
Diluted $1.68  $1.62  $1.44 
Weighted average shares outstanding:            
Basic  28,635   28,031   27,298 
Diluted  28,796   28,396   27,770 
Dividends declared per common share $1.20  $1.15  $1.00 
The accompanying notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements.


63


                         
              Accumulated
    
        Additional
     Other
  Total
 
  Common Stock  Paid-in
  Retained
  Comprehensive
  Shareholders’
 
  Shares  Amount  Capital  Earnings  Loss  Equity 
  (In thousands) 
 
Balance, March 31, 2007  27,123  $271  $65,666  $25,309  $  $91,246 
Exercise of stock options  325   3   4,757         4,760 
Tax benefit resulting from exercise of stock options        1,376         1,376 
Stock-based compensation        3,757         3,757 
Dividends declared           (27,316)     (27,316)
Net income           40,078      40,078 
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax              (196)  (196)
                         
Balance, March 31, 2008  27,448   274   75,556   38,071   (196)  113,705 
Exercise of stock options  697   7   12,512         12,519 
Tax benefit resulting from exercise of stock options        3,382         3,382 
Stock-based compensation        1,977         1,977 
Common stock issued for acquisitions  302   3   10,097         10,100 
Dividends declared           (32,431)     (32,431)
Net income           46,119      46,119 
Reclassification of unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax              196   196 
                         
Balance, March 31, 2009  28,447   284   103,524   51,759      155,567 
Exercise of stock options  238   3   5,852         5,855 
Tax benefit resulting from exercise of stock options        1,576         1,576 
Stock-based compensation        2,073         2,073 
Stock-based compensation related to acquisitions        433         433 
Common stock issued for acquisitions  194   2   8,813         8,815 
Dividends declared           (34,409)     (34,409)
Net income           48,379      48,379 
                         
Balance, March 31, 2010  28,879  $289  $122,271  $65,729  $  $188,289 
                         
The accompanying notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements.


64


             
  Fiscal Year Ended 
  March 31,
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009  2008 
  (In thousands) 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net income $48,379  $46,119  $40,078 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:            
Depreciation  3,663   2,911   2,369 
Amortization of capitalized software costs  5,927   5,163   4,149 
Amortization of other intangibles  1,783   1,034    
Gain on life insurance proceeds, net        (755)
Provision for bad debts  3,465   2,089   1,171 
Provision (recovery) for inventory obsolescence  27   (13)  52 
Share-based compensation  2,073   1,977   3,757 
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense  (786)  4,462   (199)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options  1,576   3,382   1,376 
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation  (1,576)  (3,381)  (1,311)
Loss on disposal of equipment and improvements     96    
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of amounts acquired:            
Accounts receivable  (18,944)  (11,369)  (13,811)
Inventories  (238)  (88)  99 
Income taxes receivable  3,875   (5,433)   
Other current assets  (2,310)  (1,202)  (89)
Other assets  (894)  (448)  381 
Accounts payable  (1,810)  (299)  (561)
Deferred revenue  12,528   3,130   5,447 
Accrued compensation and related benefits  (1,006)  136   1,825 
Income taxes payable  (1,404)  (1,541)  1,226 
Other current liabilities  846   2,055   (1,232)
Deferred compensation  46   (68)  (373)
             
Net cash provided by operating activities  55,220   48,712   43,599 
             
Cash flows from investing activities:            
Additions to capitalized software costs  (7,921)  (5,863)  (6,019)
Additions to equipment and improvements  (4,935)  (3,218)  (2,113)
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities  425   14,825   91,825 
Purchases of marketable securities        (114,645)
Proceeds from life insurance policy, net        755 
Cash acquired from purchase of Opus  2,036       
Purchase of Opus  (250)      
Purchase of Sphere  (300)      
Purchase of PMP, including direct transaction costs     (16,950)   
Purchase of HSI, including direct transaction costs     (8,241)   
Payment of contingent consideration related to purchase of PMP  (3,000)      
             
Net cash used in investing activities  (13,945)  (19,447)  (30,197)
             


65


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
             
  Fiscal Year Ended 
  March 31,
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009  2008 
  (In thousands) 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:            
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation  1,576   3,381   1,311 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options  5,855   12,519   4,760 
Dividends paid  (34,275)  (30,763)  (20,455)
Loan repayment     (3,268)   
             
Net cash used in financing activities  (26,844)  (18,131)  (14,384)
             
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  14,431   11,134   (982)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  70,180   59,046   60,028 
             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $84,611  $70,180  $59,046 
             
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:            
Cash paid during the period for income taxes, net of refunds $24,506  $26,455  $20,546 
             
Non-cash investing and financing activities:            
Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, net of tax $  $196  $(196)
             
Issuance of stock options with fair value of $433 in connection with the purchase of PMP $433  $  $ 
             
Effective February 10, 2010, the Company acquired Opus in a transaction summarized as follows:            
Fair value of net assets acquired $32,209  $  $ 
Cash paid  (250)      
Common stock issued for Opus stock  (8,815)      
Fair value of contingent consideration  (11,516)      
             
Liabilities assumed $11,628  $  $ 
             
Effective August 12, 2009, the Company acquired Sphere in a transaction summarized as follows:            
Fair value of net assets acquired $1,453  $  $ 
Cash paid  (300)      
Fair value of contingent consideration  (1,074)      
             
Liabilities assumed $79  $  $ 
             
Effective October 28, 2008, the Company acquired PMP in a transaction summarized as follows:            
Fair value of net assets acquired $  $23,875  $ 
Cash paid     (16,950)   
Common stock issued for PMP stock     (2,750)   
             
Liabilities assumed $  $4,175  $ 
             
Effective May 20, 2008, the Company acquired HSI in a transaction summarized as follows:            
Fair value of net assets acquired $  $20,609  $ 
Cash paid     (8,241)   
Common stock issued for HSI stock     (7,350)   
             
Liabilities assumed $  $5,018  $ 
             
The accompanying notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these Consolidated Statements.


66


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2010 and 2009
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARES AND PER SHARE DATA)
1.  Organization of Business
Description of Business
Quality Systems, Inc. is comprised of the QSI Dental Division and wholly-owned subsidiaries, NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc. (“NextGen Division”), Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives (“HSI”) and Practice Management Partners, Inc. (“PMP”) and most recently NextGen Sphere, LLC and Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (collectively, the Company). The Company develops and markets healthcare information systems that automate certain aspects of medical and dental practices, networks of practices such as physician hospital organizations (“PHOs”) and management service organizations (“MSOs”), ambulatory care centers, community health centers, and medical and dental schools. The Company also provides revenue cycle management (“RCM”) services through the Practice Solutions Division.
The Company, a California corporation formed in 1974, was founded with an early focus on providing information systems to dental group practices. In the mid-1980’s, the Company capitalized on the increasing focus on medical cost containment and further expanded its information processing systems to serve the medical market. In the mid-1990’s, the Company made two acquisitions that accelerated its penetration of the medical market. These two acquisitions formed the basis for the NextGen Division. Today, the Company serves the medical and dental markets through its NextGen Division and QSI Dental Division.
During fiscal year 2010, as a result of certain organizational changes, the composition of the Company’s NextGen Division was revised to exclude the former NextGen Practice Solutions unit and the Company’s RCM entities (HSI and PMP), both of which are now administered and aggregated in the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Following the reorganization, the Company now operates three reportable operating segments (not including Corporate), comprised of the NextGen Division, the QSI Dental Division and the Practice Solutions Division.
The QSI Dental Division, co-located with the Corporate Headquarters in Irvine, California, currently focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental and certain niche medical practices. In addition, the Division supports a number of medical clients that utilize its UNIX based medical practice management software product and Software as a Service, or SaaS model, based NextDDS financial and clinical software.
The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, and significant locations in Atlanta, Georgia and Austin, Texas, provides integrated clinical, financial and connectivity solutions for ambulatory, inpatient and dental provider organizations.
The Practice Solutions Division, with locations in St. Louis, Missouri and Hunt Valley, Maryland, focuses primarily on providing physician practices with RCM services, primarily billing and collection services for medical practices. This Division combines a web-delivered SaaS model and the NextGenepm software platform to execute its service offerings.
The three Divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations, with each Division maintaining its own distinct product lines, product platforms, development, implementation and support teams, sales staffing and branding. The three Divisions share the resources of the Company’s “corporate office,” which includes a variety of accounting and other administrative functions. Additionally, there are a small but growing number of clients who are simultaneously utilizing software or services from more than one of the three Divisions.
Acquisitions
On May 20, 2008, the Company acquired St. Louis-based HSI, a full-service healthcare RCM company. HSI operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 1996, HSI provides RCM


67


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
services to providers including health systems, hospitals, and physicians in private practice with an in-house team of more than 200 employees, including specialists in medical billing, coding and compliance, payor credentialing, and information technology. The Company intends to cross sell both software and RCM services to the acquired customer base of HSI and the NextGen Division.
On October 28, 2008, the Company acquired Maryland-based PMP, a full-service healthcare RCM company. This acquisition is also part of the Company’s growth strategy for the Practice Solutions Division. Similar to HSI, PMP operates under the umbrella of the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Founded in 2001, PMP provides physician billing and technology management services to healthcare providers, primarily in the Mid-Atlantic region. The Company intends to cross sell both software and RCM services to the acquired customer base of PMP and the NextGen Division.
On August 12, 2009, the Company acquired NextGen Sphere, LLC (“Sphere”), a provider of financial information systems to the small hospital inpatient market. This acquisition is also part of the Company’s strategy to expand into the small hospital market and to add new customers by taking advantage of cross selling opportunities between the ambulatory and inpatient markets.
On February 10, 2010, the Company acquired Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (“Opus”), a provider of clinical information systems to the small hospital inpatient market. Founded in 1987 and headquartered in Austin, Texas, Opus delivers web-based clinical solutions to hospital systems and integrated health networks nationwide. This acquisition complements and will continue to include at least three independent members. Our Audit Committeebe integrated with the assets of Sphere. Both companies are established developers of software and our Board have confirmed that Mr. Love met applicable Nasdaq listing standardsservices for designation as an “Audit Committee Financial Expert”the inpatient market and for being “independent.”

-6-



will operate under the Company’s NextGen Division.

ITEM 11.2.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATIONSummary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation.  The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Quality Systems, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, which consists of NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Lackland Acquisition II, LLC dba Healthcare Strategic Initiatives, Practice Management Partners, Inc., NextGen Sphere, LLC, and Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
Business Segments.  The Company has prepared operating segment information in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280,Segment Reporting,or ASC 280, which requires that companies disclose “operating segments” based on the manner in which management disaggregates the Company’s operations for making internal operating decisions. See Note 15.
Basis of Presentation.  The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with fiscal year 2010 presentation.
References to dollar amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statement sections are in thousands, except for shares and per share data, unless otherwise specified.
Revenue Recognition.  The Company recognizes system sales revenue pursuant to FASB ASC Topic985-605,Software, Revenue Recognition, orASC 985-605. The Company generates revenue from the sale of licensing rights to its software products directly to end-users and value-added resellers, or VARs. The Company also generates revenue from sales of hardware and third party software, implementation, training, Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”), post-contract support (maintenance), and other services, including RCM, performed for customers who license its products.
A typical system contract contains multiple elements of the above items. FASB ASC Topic985-605-25,Software, Revenue Recognition, Multiple Elements,orASC 985-605-25, requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION AND RELATED INFORMATION
68


Compensation DiscussionQUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”). The Company limits its assessment of VSOE for each element to either the price charged when the same element is sold separately or the price established by management having the relevant authority to do so, for an element not yet sold separately. VSOE calculations are updated and Analysis

Compensation Philosophy, Objectivesreviewed quarterly or annually depending on the nature of the product or service. The Company has established VSOE for the related undelivered elements based on the bell-shaped curve method. Maintenance VSOE for the Company’s largest customers is based on stated renewal rates only if the rate is determined to be substantive and Components

          This section discussesfalls within the principles underlying our executive compensation policiesCompany’s customary pricing practices.

When evidence of fair value exists for the delivered and decisionsundelivered elements of a transaction, then discounts for individual elements are aggregated and the most important factors relevanttotal discount is allocated to an analysis of these policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner and contextindividual elements in which compensation is awardedproportion to and earned by our executive officers and places in perspective the data presented in the tables and narrative that follow.

          Our Compensation Committee has responsibility for establishing our compensation philosophy and making recommendations to our Board consistent with that philosophy. Our Compensation Committee seeks to ensure that the total compensation paid to our “named executive officers” (as defined above our “Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008”) iselements’ fair reasonable and competitive.

          Our Compensation Committee believes that the most effective executive compensation program is one that is designed to reward the achievement of specific annual, long-term and strategic goals by our company, and which aligns executives’ interests with those of our shareholders and customers by rewarding performance above established goals, with the ultimate objective of improving shareholder value and customer satisfaction. Our Compensation Committee evaluates both performance and compensation to ensure that we maintain our ability to attract and retain superior employees in key executive positions and that compensation provided to key executive employees remains competitive relative to the compensation paid to similarly situated executives. To that end, our Compensation Committee believes thattotal contract fair value.

When evidence of fair value exists for the executive compensation packagesundelivered elements only, the residual method, provided for our named executive officers should include both cash and equity-based compensation that reward performance as measured against established goals.

          Our Compensation Committee reviews and makes recommendations to our Board for approval regarding annual base salaries; incentive bonuses, including specific goals and amounts; equity compensation; employment agreements, severance arrangements, and change-in-control agreements/provisions; and any other benefits or compensation for our named executive officers. ForunderASC 985-605, is used. Under the purpose of approvingresidual method, the compensation of our named executive officers, the independent members of our Board meet in executive session to consider and act upon the recommendations of the Compensation Committee. AlsoCompany defers revenue related to the extent there isundelivered elements in a deadlock in our Compensation Committee, an Independent Directors Compensation Committee is constituted to act upon such recommendations.

          Our Compensation Committee annually assesses the performancesystem sale based on VSOE of fair value of each of the named executive officers, thoughundelivered elements, and allocates the remainder of the contract price net of all discounts to revenue recognized from the delivered elements. If VSOE of fair value of any undelivered element does not exist, all revenue is deferred until VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element is established or the element has been delivered.

The Company bills for the entire system sales contract amount upon contract execution except for maintenance which is billed separately. Amounts billed in excess of the amounts contractually due are recorded in accounts receivable as advance billings. Amounts are contractually due when services are performed or in accordance with contractually specified payment dates. Provided the fees are fixed or determinable and collection is considered probable, revenue from licensing rights and sales of hardware and third party software is generally recognized upon physical or electronic shipment and transfer of title. In certain transactions where collections risk is high, the cash basis method is used to recognize revenue. If the fee is not fixed or determinable, then the revenue recognized in each period (subject to application of other revenue recognition criteria) will be the lesser of the aggregate of amounts due and payable or the amount of the arrangement fee that would have been recognized if the fees were being recognized using the residual method. Fees which are considered fixed or determinable at the inception of the Company’s arrangements must include the following characteristics:
• The fee must be negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, and generally be based on the specific volume of products to be delivered without being subject to change based on variable pricing mechanisms such as the number of units copied or distributed or the expected number of users.
• Payment terms must not be considered extended. If a significant portion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or after the expiration of the license, the fee is presumed not fixed or determinable.
Revenue from implementation and training services is recognized as the corresponding services are performed. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual maintenance period.
Contract accounting is applied where services include significant software modification, development or customization. In such instances, the arrangement fee is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic605-35,Revenue Recognition, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts,orASC 605-35. Pursuant toASC 605-35, the Company uses the percentage of completion method provided all of the following conditions exist:
• the contract includes provisions that clearly specify the enforceable rights regarding goods or services to be provided and received by the parties, the consideration to be exchanged, and the manner and terms of settlement;
• the customer can be expected to satisfy its obligations under the contract;
• the Company can be expected to perform its contractual obligations; and
• reliable estimates of progress towards completion can be made.


69


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The Company measures completion using labor input hours. Costs of providing services, including services accounted for in accordance withASC 605-35, are expensed as incurred.
If a situation occurs in which a contract is so short term that the financial statements would not vary materially from using thepercentage-of-completion method or in which the Company is unable to make reliable estimates of progress of completion of the contract, the completed contract method is utilized.
Product returns are estimated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic605-15,Revenue Recognition, Products,orASC 605-15. The Company also ensures that the other criteria inASC 605-15 have been met prior to recognition of revenue:
• the price is fixed or determinable;
• the customer is obligated to pay and there are no contingencies surrounding the obligation or the payment;
• the customer’s obligation would not change in the event of theft or damage to the product;
• the customer has economic substance;
• the amount of returns can be reasonably estimated; and
• the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance in order to bring about resale of the product by the customer.
The Company has historically offered short-term rights of return in certain sales arrangements. If the Company is able to estimate returns for these assessmentstypes of arrangements, revenue is recognized and these arrangements are recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements. If the Company is unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is not partrecognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements until the rights of return expire.
Revenue related to sales arrangements that include the right to use software stored on the Company’s hardware is accounted for under FASB ASC Topic985-605-05,Software, Revenue Recognition,Hosting Arrangements,orASC 985-605-05, which requires that for software licenses and related implementation services to continue to fall underASC 985-605-05, the customer must have the contractual right to take possession of the software without incurring a formal review process,significant penalty and it must be feasible for the customer to date haveeither host the software themselves or through another third party. If an arrangement is not been shareddeemed to be accounted for underASC 985-605-05, the entire arrangement is accounted for as a service contract in accordance withASC 985-605-25. In that instance, the named executive officers.

          Our Compensation Committee has, fromentire arrangement would be recognized as the hosting services are being performed.

From time to time, engaged independent compensation consultants to advise itthe Company offers future purchase discounts on matters of Board, executive,its products and equity compensation. Compensation consultants were most recently utilized in 2005. Our Compensation Committee also consults publicly

-7-



available compensation data from time to timeservices as part of its Board, executivesales arrangements. Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic985-605-55,Software, Revenue Recognition, Flowchart of Revenue Recognition on Software Arrangements, orASC 985-605-55, such discounts that are incremental to the range of discounts reflected in the pricing of the other elements of the arrangement, that are incremental to the range of discounts typically given in comparable transactions, and equity compensation decisions.

          Key componentsthat are significant, are treated as an additional element of our compensation programthe contract to be deferred. Amounts deferred related to future purchase options are not recognized until either the customer exercises the discount offer or the offer expires.

RCM service revenue is derived from services fees, which include amounts charged for fiscal year 2008 were base salaryongoing billing and cashother related services, and equity incentive programs. Our Compensation Committee viewsare generally billed to the various components of compensationcustomer as related but distinct. A significanta percentage of total compensationcollections. The Company does not recognize revenue for services fees until these collections are made, as the services fees are not fixed or determinable until such time.
Revenue is allocateddivided into two categories, “system sales” and “maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services”. Revenue in the system sales category includes software license fees, third party hardware and software, and implementation and training services related to incentivespurchase of the Company’s software systems. Revenue in the maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services category includes maintenance, EDI, RCM services, follow on training and implementation services, annual third party license fees, hosting services and other services revenue.


70


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Cash and Cash Equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents generally consist of cash, money market funds and short-term U.S. Treasury securities with original maturities of less than 90 days. The Company had cash deposits at U.S. banks and financial institutions at March 31, 2010 of which $82,223 was in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limit of $250 per owner. The Company is exposed to credit loss for amounts in excess of insured limits in the event of non-performance by the institutions; however, the Company does not anticipate non-performance by these institutions. The money market fund in which the Company holds a portion of its cash invests in only investment grade money market instruments from a variety of industries, and therefore bears relatively low market risk. The average maturity of the investments owned by the money market fund is approximately two months.
Restricted Cash.  Restricted cash consists of cash which is being held by HSI acting as agent for the disbursement of certain state social services programs. The Company records an offsetting “Care Services liability” (see also Note 9) when it initially receives such cash from the government social service programs and relieves both restricted cash and the Care Services liability when amounts are disbursed. HSI earns an administrative fee which is based on a percentage of funds disbursed on behalf of certain government social service programs.
Marketable Securities and ARS Put Option Rights.  Marketable securities are recorded at fair value, based on quoted market rates or valuation analysis when appropriate.
The Company’s investments at March 31, 2010 and 2009 are in tax exempt municipal Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”) which are classified as either current or non-current marketable securities on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, depending on the liquidity and timing of expected realization of such securities. The ARS are rated by one or more national rating agencies and have contractual terms of up to 30 years, but generally have interest rate reset dates that occur every 7, 28 or 35 days. Despite the underlying long-term maturity of ARS, such securities were priced and subsequently traded as short-term investments because of the interest rate reset feature. If there are insufficient buyers, the auction is said to “fail” and the holders are unable to liquidate the investments through auction. A failed auction does not result in a default of the debt instrument. Under their respective terms, the securities will continue to accrue interest and be auctioned until the auction succeeds, the issuer calls the securities or the securities mature. In February 2008, the Company began to experience failed auctions on its ARS.
The Company’s ARS are held by UBS Financial Services Inc. (“UBS”). On November 13, 2008, the Company entered into an Auction Rate Security Rights Agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) with UBS, whereby the Company accepted UBS’s offer to purchase the Company’s ARS investments at any time during the period of June 30, 2010 through July 2, 2012. As a result, the Company had obtained an asset, ARS put option rights, whereby the Company has a right to “put” the ARS back to UBS. The Company expects to exercise its ARS put option rights and put its ARS back to UBS on June 30, 2010, the earliest date allowable under the Rights Agreement.
Prior to signing the Rights Agreement the Company had asserted that it had the intent and ability to hold these securities until anticipated recovery and classified its ARS as held for sale securities on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. By accepting the Rights Agreement, the Company could no longer assert that it has the intent to hold the auction rate securities until anticipated recovery and consequently elected to reclassify its investments in ARS as trading securities, as defined by FASB ASC Topic 320,Investments — Debt and Equity Securities,or ASC 320, on the date of Company’s acceptance of the Rights Agreement. As trading securities, the ARS are carried at fair value with changes recorded through earnings.
To determine the estimated fair values of the ARS at March 31, 2010 and 2009, factors including credit quality, assumptions about the likelihood of redemption, observable market data such as yields or spreads of fixed rate municipal bonds and other trading instruments issued by the same or comparable issuers, were considered. The Company has valued the ARS as the approximate midpoint between various fair values, measured as the difference between the par value of the ARS and the fair value of the securities, discounted by the credit risk of the broker and other factors such as the Company’s historical experience to sell ARS at par. Based on this analysis, the Company recognized a gain of approximately $188 through its earnings for the year ended March 31, 2010. The estimated fair


71


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
value of the ARS as of March 31, 2010 was determined to be $7,158 and is included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
As the Company will be permitted to put the ARS back to UBS at par value, the Company accounted for the ARS put option right as a resultseparate asset that was measured at its fair value with changes recorded through earnings. The Company has valued the ARS put option right as the approximate midpoint between various fair values, measured as the difference between the par value of the philosophy mentioned above. Our Compensation Committee determinesARS and the fair value of the securities, discounted by the credit risk of the broker and other factors such as the Company’s historical experience to sell ARS at par. Based on this analysis, the Company recognized a gain of approximately $80 through its earnings for the year ended March 31, 2010. The estimated fair value of the ARS put option rights as of March 31, 2010 was determined to be $548 and is included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in other current assets.
The Company is required to assess the fair value of these two individual assets and to record corresponding changes in fair value in each reporting period through the Consolidated Statements of Income until the ARS put option rights are exercised and the ARS are redeemed or sold. The Company expects that the fair value movements in the ARS will be largely offset by the future changes in the fair value of the ARS put option rights. Since the ARS put option rights represent the right to sell the securities back to UBS at par, the Company will be required to periodically assess the economic ability of UBS to meet that obligation in assessing the fair value of the ARS put option rights.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.  The Company provides credit terms typically ranging from thirty days to less than twelve months for most system and maintenance contract sales and generally does not require collateral. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for estimated credit losses. Reserves for potential credit losses are determined by establishing both specific and general reserves. Specific reserves are based on management’s estimate of the probability of collection for certain troubled accounts. General reserves are established based on the Company’s historical experience of bad debt expense and the aging of the Company’s accounts receivable balances net of deferred revenue and specifically reserved accounts. Accounts are written off as uncollectible only after the Company has expended extensive collection efforts.
Included in accounts receivable are amounts related to maintenance and services which were billed, but which had not yet been rendered as of the end of the period. Undelivered maintenance and services are included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in deferred revenue (see also Note 9).
Inventories.  Inventories consist of hardware for specific customer orders and spare parts, and are valued at lower of cost(first-in, first-out) or market. Management provides a reserve to reduce inventory to its net realizable value.
Equipment and Improvements.  Equipment and improvements are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization of equipment and improvements are provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets, or the related lease terms if shorter, by the straight-line method. Useful lives range as follows:
Computers and electronic test equipment3-5 years
Furniture and fixtures5-7 years
Leasehold improvementslesser of lease term or estimated useful life of asset
Software Development Costs.  Development costs incurred in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established. After technological feasibility is established, any additional development costs are capitalized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic985-20,Software, Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Marketed,orASC 985-20. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the related product, which is typically three years. The Company provides support services on the current and prior two versions of its software. Management performs an annual review of the estimated economic life and the


72


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
recoverability of such capitalized software costs. If a determination is made that capitalized amounts are not recoverable based on the estimated cash flows to be generated from the applicable software, any remaining capitalized amounts are written off.
Goodwill.  Goodwill is related to the NextGen Division and the HSI, PMP, Sphere, and Opus acquisitions, which closed on May 20, 2008, October 28, 2008, August 12, 2009, and February 10, 2010, respectively (see Notes 5, 6 and 7). In accordance with FASB ASC Topic350-20,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, Goodwill, orASC 350-20, the Company tests goodwill for impairment annually at the end of its first fiscal quarter, referred to as the annual test date. The Company will also test for impairment between annual test dates if an event occurs or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. Impairment testing for goodwill is performed at areporting-unit level. An impairment loss would generally be recognized when the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s net assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The Company has determined that there was no indication of impairment to its goodwill as of March 31, 2010. See also Note 6.
Intangible Assets.  Intangible assets consist of capitalized software costs, customer relationships, trade names and certain intellectual property. Intangible assets related to customer relationships and trade names arose in connection with the acquisition of HSI, PMP, Sphere, and Opus. These intangible assets were recorded at fair value and are stated net of accumulated amortization and impairments. Intangible assets are amortized over their remaining estimated useful lives, ranging from 3 to 9 years. The Company’s amortization policy for intangible assets is based on the principles in FASB ASC Topic350-30,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, General Intangibles Other than Goodwill, orASC 350-30, which requires that the amortization of intangible assets reflect the pattern that the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed.
Long-Lived Assets.  The Company assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets at least annually or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred in accordance with FASB ASC Topic360-10,Property, Plant, and Equipment, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, orASC 360-10. If the future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the related assets are less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment has been incurred and a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying value of the long-lived assets to fair value, which is determined by discounting estimated future cash flows.
Management periodically reviews the carrying value of long-lived assets to determine whether or not impairment to such value has occurred and has determined that there was no impairment to its long-lived assets as of March 31, 2010. In addition to the recoverability assessment, the Company routinely reviews the remaining estimated lives of its long-lived assets.
Income Taxes.  The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740,Income Taxes,or ASC 740.  Income taxes are provided based on current taxable income and the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting. The deferred income tax assets and liabilities represent the future state and federal tax return consequences of those differences, which will either be taxable or deductible when the assets and liabilities are recovered or settled. Deferred income taxes are also recognized for operating losses that are available to offset future taxable income and tax credits that are available to offset future income taxes. At each reporting period, management assesses the realizable value of deferred tax assets based on, among other things, estimates of future taxable income, and adjusts the related valuation allowance as necessary. Management makes a number of assumptions and estimates in determining the appropriate levelamount of expense to record for each compensation component basedincome taxes. These assumptions and estimates consider the taxing jurisdiction in part, but not exclusively, on our viewwhich the Company operates as well as current tax regulations. Accruals are established for estimates of internal equitytax effects for certain transactions and consistency, and other considerations we deem relevant, such as rewarding extraordinary performance. Our Compensation Committee has not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation, or among different formsfuture projected profitability of non-cash compensation.

Base Salary

          We provide named executive officers with base salaries to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Base salaries for named executive officers are determinedCompany’s businesses based on positionsmanagement’s interpretation of existing facts and responsibilities using available market data and considering individual performance, company performance, future contribution potential, peer compensation levels and internal equity issues.circumstances.

On April 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740 related to the accounting for uncertain tax provisions. The weight given to eachadoption of these factors can vary from individual to individual. Base salaries are intended to be set at levels that, in combination with other compensation vehicles, offer the potential to attract, retain, and motivate qualified individuals. Base salaries are targeted to be moderate yet competitive.

          Salary levels are typically considered annually as partprovisions of our Compensation Committee’s performance review process. BasedASC 740 did not have a material effect on the above principles, on May 31, 2007, our Compensation Committee recommended that our Board set base salaries for our named executive officers as follows:Consolidated Financial Statements. As a result, there was no cumulative effect related to adopting ASC 740. However, certain amounts have


73

Mr. Silverman – $440,000 (increased from $400,000), effective November 1, 2007;

Mr. Holt – $250,000 (increased from $230,000), effective July 23,2007;

Mr. Cline – $495,000 (increased from $450,000), effective November 1, 2007; and

Mr. Flynn – $250,000 (increased from $230,000), effective November 1, 2007.

Cash and Equity Incentive Programs

Fiscal Year 2008 Incentive Program Terms


          On May 31, 2007, our Compensation Committee recommended that our Board establish cash and equity incentive bonus programs for fiscal year 2008. Bonus criteria for our named executive officers were set as follows:

Mr. Silverman was eligible for cash compensation up to $475,000 based on meeting certain target increases in earnings per share (“EPS”) performance and revenue growth during the fiscal year as well as meeting certain operational requirements established by our Board of Directors. Of the total $475,000 potential cash compensation, 40% was allocated to the EPS performance criteria, 40% was allocated to the revenue growth criteria and the remaining 20% was discretionary and was allocated in part to the operational requirements criteria;

-8-


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

Mr. Holt was eligible for cash compensation of up to $80,000 based upon the achievement of certain qualitative goals as approved by the Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors;

Mr. Cline was eligible for cash compensation of up to $550,000 based on meeting certain target increases in EPS performance and revenue growth during the fiscal year as well as meeting certain operational requirements established by our Board of Directors. Of the total $550,000 potential cash compensation, 40% was allocated to the EPS performance criteria, 40% was allocated to the revenue growth criteria and the remaining 20% was discretionary and was allocated in part to the operational requirements; and

Mr. Gregory Flynn, former Executive Vice President and General Manager, QSI Division, was eligible for cash compensation of up to $80,000 based upon the achievement of certain qualitative and quantitative goals related to both QSI Division performance and other corporate objectives as approved by the Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors. Of the total $80,000 potential cash compensation, payment of up to $50,000 was based on achievement of quantitative goals, and payment of the remaining amount (up to the $80,000 total) was discretionary based on achievement of qualitative goals. Mr. Flynn passed away on September 26, 2007.

Mr. Neufeld was appointed the Senior Vice President and General Manager of the QSI Division on April 29, 2008, assuming the duties of Mr. Gregory Flynn, and did not participate in the cash and equity incentive program during fiscal year 2008.

          For fiscal year 2008,

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
been reclassified in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets in order to comply with the requirements of the statement. See Note 11.
Self-Insurance Liabilities.  Effective January 1, 2010, the Company became self-insured with respect to healthcare claims, subject to stop-loss limits. The Company accrues for estimated self-insurance costs and uninsured exposures based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not reported as of each balance sheet date. However, it is possible that recorded accruals may not be adequate to cover the amountfuture payment of claims. Adjustments, if any, to estimated accruals resulting from ultimate claim payments will be reflected in earnings during the periods in which such adjustments are determined. Periodically, the Company reevaluates the adequacy of the cash bonus payableaccruals by comparing amounts accrued on the balance sheet for anticipated losses to Messrs. Silvermanan updated actuarial loss forecasts and Cline attributable to revenue growth, targets for revenue growth of 28%, 32%, 36%third party claim administrator loss estimates and 40% corresponded to 20%, 40%, 70% and 100%, respectively, of such award. With respectmakes adjustments to the amountaccruals as needed.
As of March 31, 2010, the self-insurance accrual was approximately $516, which is included in other current liabilities on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. If any of the cash bonus payablefactors that contribute to Messrs. Silvermanthe overall cost of insurance claims were to change, the actual amount incurred for the self-insurance liabilities would be directly affected.
Advertising Costs.  Advertising costs are charged to operations as incurred. The Company does not have any direct-response advertising. Advertising costs, which includes trade shows and Cline attributable to EPS growth, targetsconventions, were approximately $6,198, $3,459 and $2,580 for EPS growththe years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of 35%, 40%, 45% and 50% corresponded to 20%, 40%, 70% and 100%, respectively, of such award. NoneIncome.
Marketing Assistance Agreements.  The Company has entered into marketing assistance agreements with certain existing users of the foregoing targets were achieved.

          On May 31, 2007, our Compensation Committee and Board also approved an equity incentive programCompany’s products, which provide the opportunity for fiscal year 2008, covering employeesthose users to earn commissions if they host specific site visits upon the Company’s request for prospective customers that directly result in our operating divisions as well as our corporate staff as groups and each of our named executive officers. The same quantitative revenue and EPS criteria referenced above were adopted to determine eligibility for option grants under the incentive program, with 50%a purchase of the available equity incentive tiedCompany’s software by the visiting prospects. Amounts earned by existing users under this program are treated as a selling expense in the period when earned.

Other Comprehensive Income.  Comprehensive income includes all changes in Shareholders’ Equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to performance against Board-establishedowners. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax, consist of unrealized losses on marketable securities of $(196) as of March 31, 2008. There were no other comprehensive income items for the years ended March 31, 2010 or 2009.
             
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
Net income $48,379  $46,119  $40,078 
Other comprehensive income:            
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax        (196)
             
Comprehensive income $48,379  $46,119  $39,882 
             
Earnings per Share.  Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 260,Earnings Per Share, or ASC 260, the Company provides dual presentation of “basic” and “diluted” earnings per share (“EPS”).
Basic EPS criteria and 50% of the available equity incentive tied to performance against Board-established revenue criteria. None of the EPS or revenue criteria were met and no cash or equity payments were made under the program.

          Under the equity incentive plan for fiscal year 2008, our named executive officers became eligible to receive an aggregate of up to 160,000 options (unchangedexcludes dilution from the prior year in aggregate and individual amounts) to purchase our common stock based on meeting certain target increases inequivalents and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS and/or revenue during fiscal yearreflects the potential dilution from common stock equivalents.


74


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The following table reconciles the weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net income per share for the periods presented:
             
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
Net income $48,379  $46,119  $40,078 
Basic net income per share:            
Weighted average shares outstanding — Basic  28,635   28,031   27,298 
             
Basic net income per common share $1.69  $1.65  $1.47 
             
Net income $48,379  $46,119  $40,078 
Diluted net income per share:            
Weighted average shares outstanding — Basic  28,635   28,031   27,298 
Effect of potentially dilutive securities  161   365   472 
             
Weighted average shares outstanding — Diluted  28,796   28,396   27,770 
             
Diluted net income per common share $1.68  $1.62  $1.44 
             
The computation of diluted net income per share does not include 74,962, 440,338 and 279,752 options for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, as follows:

Mr. Silverman – up to 40,000 options;

Mr. Holt – up to 10,000 options;

Mr. Cline – up to 100,000 options; and

Mr. Flynn – up to 10,000 options.

          The options were to be issued pursuant to standard stock option agreements under one of our shareholder-approved option plans andrespectively, because their inclusion would have an exercise price equalanti-dilutive effect on earnings per share.

Share-Based Compensation.  FASB ASC Topic 718Compensation — Stock Compensation,or ASC 718, requires companies to estimate the closing sale pricefair value of our

-9-



sharesshare-based payment awards on the Nasdaq Global Select Market as of the date of grant using an option-pricing model. Expected term is estimated using historical exercise experience. Volatility is estimated by using the weighted average historical volatility of the Company’s common stock, which approximates expected volatility. The risk free rate is the implied yield available on the U.S Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms equal to the expected term. The expected dividend yield is the average dividend rate during a period equal to the expected term of fivethe option. Those inputs are then entered into the Black Scholes model to determine the estimated fair value. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized ratably as expense over the requisite service period in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and vest2008, respectively:
             
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
Costs and expenses:            
Cost of revenue $85  $195  $496 
Research and development  108   242   800 
Selling, general and administrative  1,880   1,540   2,461 
             
Total share-based compensation  2,073   1,977   3,757 
Amounts capitalized in software development costs  (27)  (21)  (39)
             
Amounts charged against earnings, before income tax benefit $2,046  $1,956  $3,718 
Related income tax benefit  (608)  (549)  (969)
             
Decrease in net income $1,438  $1,407  $2,749 
             
Sales Taxes.  In accordance with the guidance of FASB ASC Topic605-45,Revenue Recognition, Principal Agent Considerations, orASC 605-45, the Company accounts for sales taxes imposed on its goods and services on a net basis in four equal annual installments commencing one year following grant date.the Consolidated Statements of Income.


75

Fiscal Year 2008 Incentive Program Payouts


          On May 29, 2008, our Compensation Committee

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Use of Estimates.  The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the independent membersreported amounts of our Boardrevenue and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to uncollectible receivables, vendor specific objective evidence, valuation of Directors authorizedmarketable securities and ARS put option rights, self-insurance accruals, and income taxes and related credits and deductions. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the issuancecircumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Newly Adopted Accounting Standards.  In September 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standards update to ASC 740. This update addresses the need for additional implementation guidance on accounting for uncertainties in income taxes, specifically, whether income tax paid by an entity is attributable to the entity or its owners; what constitutes a tax position for a pass-through entity or a tax-exempt entity; and how to apply the uncertainty in income taxes when a group of related entities comprise both taxable and nontaxable entities. This update also eliminates certain disclosures for nonpublic entities. Since the Company currently applies the standards for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, this update was effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In August 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standards update to ASC Topic 820,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820. This update provides clarification that in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of the following techniques: (i) a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset or the quoted prices for similar liabilities when traded as assets and (ii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of ASC 820. This update also clarifies that when estimating the fair value of a liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents the transfer of the liability. Additionally, this update clarifies that both a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability at the measurement date and the quoted price for the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market when no adjustments to the quoted price of the asset are required are Level 1 fair value measurements. This update was effective for the first reporting period beginning after issuance (the Company’s interim period ended September 30, 2009). The adoption of this update did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued three related accounting provisions intended to provide additional application guidance and enhanced disclosures regarding fair value measurements andother-than-temporary impairments of securities: (i) FASB ASC Topic820-10-65,Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures — Transition and Open Effective Date Information, orASC 820-10-65; (ii) FASB ASC Topic320-10-65,Investments — Debt and Equity Securities — Transition and Open Effective Date Information, orASC 320-10-65; and (iii) FASB ASC Topic825-10-65,Financial Instruments — Transition and Open Effective Date Information, orASC 825-10-65.ASC 820-10-65 provides guidelines for making fair value measurements more consistent with the principles presented inASC 820-10.ASC 820-10-65 must be applied prospectively and retrospective application is not permitted.ASC 820-10-65 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. An entity early adoptingASC 820-10-65 must also early adoptASC 320-10-65.ASC 320-10-65 provides additional guidance designed to create greater clarity and consistency in accounting for and presenting impairment losses on debt securities.ASC 320-10-65 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. An entity may early adopt these provisions only if it also elects to early adoptASC 820-10-65. ASC825-10-65 enhances consistency in financial reporting by increasing the frequency of fair value disclosures.ASC 825-10-65 is effective for interim periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods


76


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
ending after March 15, 2009. However, an entity may early adopt these interim fair value disclosure requirements only if it also elects to early adoptASC 820-10-65 andASC 320-10-65. The adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC Topic805-20,Business Combinations, Identifiable Assets and Liabilities, and Any Noncontrolling Interest, orASC 805-20.ASC 805-20 amends the guidance in ASC 805 to: (i) require that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from contingencies be recognized at fair value if fair value can be reasonably estimated (if fair value of such an asset or liability cannot be reasonably estimated, the asset or liability would generally be recognized in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450,Contingencies, or ASC 450), (ii) eliminate the requirement to disclose an estimate of the range of outcomes of recognized contingencies at the acquisition date (for unrecognized contingencies, the FASB decided to require that entities include only the disclosures required by ASC 450 and that those disclosures be included in the business combination footnote); and (iii) require that contingent consideration arrangements of an acquiree assumed by the acquirer in a business combination be treated as contingent consideration of the acquirer and should be initially and subsequently measured at fair value in accordance with ASC 805.ASC 805-20 is effective for assets or liabilities arising from contingencies in business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008.
In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC Topic805-10-65-1,Business Combinations — Overall — Transition Related toSFAS No. 141 (revised 2007),Business Combinations(SFAS 141(R)) and SFAS No. 160,Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of Accounting Review Bulletin No. 51, orASC 805-10-65-1, the provisions of which have been incorporated in ASC Topic805-10,Business Combinations — Overall, orASC 805-10, andASC 805-20.ASC 805-10-65-1 retains the fundamental requirements of the original pronouncement requiring that the purchase method be used for all business combinations.ASC 805-10-65-1 defines the acquirer as the entity that obtains control of one or more businesses in the business combination, establishes the acquisition date as the date that the acquirer achieves control and requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest (including goodwill) at their fair values as of the acquisition date. In addition,ASC 805-10-65-1 requires expensing of acquisition-related and restructure-related costs, remeasurement of earn out provisions at fair value, measurement of equity securities issued for purchase at the date of close of the transaction and non-expensing of in-process research and development related intangibles. ASC805-10-65-1 applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. An entity may not apply it before that date. The Company adoptedASC 805-10 andASC 805-20 and applied the provisions of the pronouncement to the business combinations completed during fiscal year 2010.
In November 2008, the FASB ratified ASC Topic350-30-55,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, Defensive Intangible Asset, orASC 350-30-55.ASC 350-30-55 clarifies the accounting for certain separately identifiable intangible assets that an acquirer does not intend to actively use but instead intends to hold to prevent its competitors from obtaining access to them.ASC 350-30-55 requires an acquirer in a business combination to account for a defensive intangible asset as a separate unit of accounting, which should be amortized to expense over the period the asset diminishes in value.ASC 350-30-55 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, with early adoption prohibited. The adoption ofASC 350-30-55 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
In June 2008, the FASB issued ASC Topic260-10-45,Earnings Per Share, Required EPS Presentation on the Face of the Income Statement, orASC 260-10-45.ASC 260-10-45 concluded that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of basic earnings per share (“EPS”) pursuant to the two-class method.ASC 260-10-45 became effective on April 1, 2009. Early adoption was not permitted; however, it does apply retrospectively to EPS data for all periods presented in the financial statements or in financial data. The Company does not currently have any share-based awards with nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend


77


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
equivalents and thereforeASC 260-10-45 did not have an impact on the Company’s EPS data in fiscal year 2010 or on EPS for any prior periods presented in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or financial data.
In April 2008, the FASB finalized ASC Topic350-30-65,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, General Intangibles Other than Goodwill — Transition and Open Effective Date Information, orASC 350-30-65.ASC 350-30-65 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB ASC Topic350-20,Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, Goodwill.ASC350-30-65 applies to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets and both intangible assets acquired in business combinations and asset acquisitions.ASC 350-30-65 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption ofASC 350-30-65 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards.  In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance that requires reporting entities to make new disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair value measurements, including significant transfers into and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and information on purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis in the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements. The guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for Level 3 reconciliation disclosures that are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company does not expect the disclosure provisions for Level 3 reconciliation to have a significant impact on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
In September 2009, the FASB reached a consensus on Accounting Standards Update, or ASU,2009-13,Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements, or ASU2009-13, and ASU2009-14,Software (Topic 985) — Certain Revenue Arrangements That Include Software Elements, or ASU2009-14. ASU2009-13 modifies the requirements that must be met for an entity to recognize revenue from the sale of a delivered item that is part of a multiple-element arrangement when other items have not yet been delivered. ASU2009-13 eliminates the requirement that all undelivered elements must have either: (i) VSOE or (ii) third-party evidence, or TPE, before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement consideration that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the standalone selling price for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. Overall arrangement consideration will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity’s estimated selling price. The residual method of allocating arrangement consideration has been eliminated. ASU2009-14 modifies the software revenue recognition guidance to exclude from its scope tangible products that contain both software and non-software components that function together to deliver a product’s essential functionality. These new updates are effective for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of these ASUs will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.
3.  Cash and Cash Equivalents
At March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had cash and equity compensation componentscash equivalents of our incentive compensation programs for fiscal year 2008:$84,611 and $70,180, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market funds and short-term U.S. Treasury securities with original maturities of less than 90 days. The money market fund in which the Company holds a portion of its cash invests in only investment grade money market instruments from a variety of industries, and therefore bears relatively low market risk. The average maturity of the investments owned by the money market fund is approximately two months.


78


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

4.  

Fair Value Measurements
The Company applies ASC 820 with respect to fair value measurements of (a) nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) and (b) all financial assets and liabilities. The Company adopted the aspects of ASC 820 relative to nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, but are recognized and disclosed at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, prospectively effective April 1, 2009. ASC 820 prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following hierarchy:
Level 1Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1 (for example, quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets); and
Level 3Unobservable inputs reflecting management’s own assumptions about the inputs used in estimating the value of the asset.
The following table summarizes the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis in accordance with ASC 820 as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009:
                 
     Quoted Prices
  Significant
    
     in Active
  Other
    
  Balance at
  Markets for
  Observable
  Unobservable
 
  March 31,
  Identical Assets
  Inputs
  Inputs
 
  2010  (Level 1)  (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
 
Cash and cash equivalents $84,611  $84,611  $  $ 
Restricted cash  2,339   2,339       
Marketable securities(1)  7,158         7,158 
ARS put option rights(2)  548         548 
                 
  $94,656  $86,950  $  $7,706 
                 
                 
     Quoted Prices
  Significant
    
     in Active
  Other
    
  Balance at
  Markets for
  Observable
  Unobservable
 
  March 31,
  Identical Assets
  Inputs
  Inputs
 
  2009  (Level 1)  (Level 2)  (Level 3) 
 
Cash and cash equivalents $70,180  $70,180  $  $ 
Restricted cash  1,303   1,303       
Marketable securities(1)  7,395         7,395 
ARS put option rights(3)  468         468 
                 
  $79,346  $71,483  $  $7,863 
                 

Mr. Silverman received no

(1)Marketable securities consist of ARS
(2)ARS put option rights are included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in other current assets as of March 31, 2010.
(3)ARS put option rights are included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in other assets as of March 31, 2009.
The fair value of the Company’s ARS, including the Company’s ARS put option rights, has been estimated by management based on its assumptions of what market participants would use in pricing the asset in a current transaction, or Level 3 — unobservable inputs, in accordance with ASC 820, and represents $7,706 and $7,863 or


79


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
8.1% and 9.9%, of total financial assets measured at fair value in accordance with ASC 820 at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Management used a model to estimate the fair value of these securities that included certain Level 2 inputs as well as assumptions, such as a liquidity discount and credit rating of the issuers, based on management’s judgment, which are highly subjective and therefore considered Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The estimate of the fair value of the ARS could change based on market conditions. For additional information on cash and no options;

Mr. Holt received cash totaling $80,000 and no options.

Mr. Cline receivedequivalents, restricted cash totaling $110,000 attributable to the discretionary component and no options.

Mr. Flynn passed away on September 26, 2007.

or marketable securities, see Note 2.

The above cash payments were made following table presents activity in the filingCompany’s assets measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), as defined by ASC 820, as of our Form 10-Kand for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008:2010:
     
Balance at March 31, 2009 $7,863 
Transfer in/(out) of Level 3   
Proceeds from sale (at par)  (425)
Recognized gain  268 
     
Balance at March 31, 2010 $7,706 
     
To determine the estimated fair values of the ARS at March 31, 2010 and 2009, factors including credit quality, assumptions about the likelihood of redemption, observable market data such as yields or spreads of fixed rate municipal bonds and other trading instruments issued by the same or comparable issuers, were considered. The Company has valued the ARS as the approximate midpoint between various fair values, measured as the difference between the par value of the ARS and the fair value of the securities, discounted by the credit risk of the broker and other factors such as the Company’s historical experience to sell ARS at par.
Interest income related to cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities for each of the three years ended March 31, 2010 is as follows:
             
  Year Ended March 31,
  2010 2009 2008
 
Interest Income $226  $1,203  $2,661 
             
5.  Business Combinations
On May 20, 2008, the Company acquired HSI, a full-service healthcare RCM company, and on October 28, 2008, the Company acquired PMP, a full-service healthcare RCM company. The Company accounted for these acquisitions as a business combination using the purchase method of accounting. The purchase price was allocated to HSI and PMP’s tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the respective acquisitions dates. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed represent management’s estimate of fair value.
During fiscal year 2010, the Company paid $3,000 in cash and issued stock options with a fair value of $433 as part of a contingent earn-out agreement relating to the acquisition of PMP. The additional consideration was recorded as an increase to goodwill. See Note 6.
Acquisition of Sphere
On August 12, 2009, the Company acquired certain assets of Sphere. The Company accounted for this acquisition as a purchase business combination as defined in ASC 805. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed represent management’s estimate of fair value.


80

Fiscal Year 2009 Incentive Program Terms


          On June 23, 2008, our Special Compensation Committee

QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The purchase price totaled $1,374, including contingent consideration payable over a five year period, consisting of maintenance revenue and an executive sessionlicense fee payments, estimated at approximately $1,074 based on the probability of our Board, each comprisedachieving certain business milestones, but which in no event shall exceed $2,500. The total purchase price for Sphere is as follows:
     
Cash paid $300 
Contingent consideration  1,074 
     
Total purchase price $1,374 
     
In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $275 of allintangible assets related to customer relationships and software technology and $1,020 of our independent directors, approved a compensation program for our named executive officersgoodwill. The Company is amortizing the customer relationships intangible asset over 4 years and the software technology over 3 years.
The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price:
     
  August 12,
 
  
2009
 
 
Fair value of the net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:    
Current assets (consisting of accounts receivable only) $158 
Current liabilities, including long-term debt due within one year  (79)
     
Total tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed  79 
Fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired:    
Customer relationships  156 
Software technology  119 
Goodwill (including assembled workforce of $84)  1,020 
     
Total identifiable intangible assets acquired  1,295 
     
Total purchase price $1,374 
     
The pro forma effects of this acquisition would not have been material to the Company’s results of operations for the fiscal year endingended March 31, 2009. Typically, our Compensation Committee approves2010 and is therefore not presented.
Acquisition of Opus
On February 10, 2010, the Company acquired Opus. The Company accounted for this acquisition as a purchase business combination as defined in ASC 805. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the purchase price was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the compensation programacquisition date. The fair value of the assets acquired and recommends its adoptionliabilities assumed represent management’s estimate of fair value.
The estimated fair value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities assumed were determined using multiple valuation approaches depending on the type of tangible or intangible asset acquired, including but not limited to our Board sittingthe income approach, the excess earnings method as well as the relief from royalty method approach.
Key assumptions used to determine the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired were (a) expected cash flow period of 5 to 10 years; (b) a weighted average cost of capital discount rate ranging from 24% to 26%, calculated using the capital asset pricing model, thebuild-up and IRR methodologies; and (c) a risk free rate of 4.5%, which is based on the rates of long-term treasury securities.
The Company recognized approximately $200 of acquisition and integration related costs that were expensed in an executive sessionthe year ended March 31, 2010.


81


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The purchase price totaled $20,581, including approximately $11,516 in contingent consideration based primarily on Opus achieving certain EBITDA and strategic goal targets. The total purchase price for Opus is as follows:
     
Cash paid $250 
Common stock issued at fair value  8,815 
Contingent consideration  11,516 
     
Total purchase price $20,581 
     
In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded $13,250 of solely independent directors. This year, at its meeting held on June 16, 2008, our Compensation Committee deadlocked concerningintangible assets related to customer relationships and software technology and $13,005 of goodwill. The Company is amortizing the establishmentcustomer relationships intangible asset over 4 years and the software technology over 8 years.
The following table summarizes the final allocation of a proposed 2009 compensation program and was unablethe purchase price:
     
  February 10,
 
  2010 
 
Fair value of the net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed:    
Cash and cash equivalents $2,036 
Current assets (including accounts receivable of $1,753)  3,435 
Equipment and improvements and other long-term assets  483 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  (7,678)
Deferred revenues  (3,950)
     
Total tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed  (5,674)
Fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired:    
Customer relationships  1,250 
Software technology  12,000 
Goodwill (including assembled workforce of $1,000)  13,005 
     
Total identifiable intangible assets acquired  26,255 
     
Total purchase price $20,581 
     
The pro forma effects of this acquisition would not have been material to report out to our Board a compensation planthe Company’s results of operations for the 2009 fiscal year. A proposal supported by twoyear ended March 31, 2010 and is therefore not presented.
6.  Goodwill
In accordance withASC 350-20, the Company does not amortize goodwill as the goodwill has been determined to have an indefinite useful life.


82


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Goodwill consists of the four membersfollowing:
             
  Balance at
     Balance at
 
  March 31,
  Additions to
  March 31,
 
  2009  Goodwill  2010 
 
NextGen Division            
Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc.  $  $13,005  $13,005 
NextGen Sphere, LLC     1,020   1,020 
NextGen Healthcare Information Systems, Inc.   1,840      1,840 
             
Total NextGen Division goodwill  1,840   14,025   15,865 
Practice Solutions Division            
Practice Management Partners, Inc.   16,052   3,433   19,485 
Healthcare Strategic Initiatives  10,839      10,839 
             
Total Practice Solutions Division goodwill  26,891   3,433   30,324 
             
Total goodwill $28,731  $17,458  $46,189 
             
7.  Intangible Assets
The Company had the following intangible assets, other than capitalized software development costs, with determinable lives as of March 31, 2010:
                 
  Customer
  Trade
  Software
    
  Relationships  Name  Technology  Total 
 
Gross carrying amount $10,206  $637  $12,119  $22,962 
Accumulated amortization  (2,357)  (269)  (191)  (2,817)
                 
Net intangible assets $7,849  $368  $11,928  $20,145 
                 
Aggregate amortization expense during the year $1,434  $158  $191  $1,783 
                 
Activity related to the intangible assets for the year ended March 31, 2010 is as follows:
                 
  Customer
  Trade
  Software
    
  Relationships  Name  Technology  Total 
 
Balance as of April 1, 2009 $7,877  $526  $  $8,403 
Acquisition  1,406      12,119   13,525 
Amortization  (1,434)  (158)  (191)  (1,783)
                 
Balance as of March 31, 2010 $7,849  $368  $11,928  $20,145 
                 
The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of intangible assets with determinable lives as of March 31, 2010:
     
For the year ended March 31,    
2011 $3,255 
2012  3,320 
2013  3,184 
2014  3,055 
2015 and beyond  7,331 
     
Total $20,145 
     


83


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
8.  Capitalized Software Costs
As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had the following amounts related to capitalized software costs:
         
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009 
 
Gross carrying amount $41,429  $33,508 
Accumulated amortization  (29,883)  (23,956)
         
Net capitalized software costs $11,546  $9,552 
         
Aggregate amortization expense during the year $5,927  $5,163 
         
Activity related to net capitalized software costs for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
         
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009 
 
Beginning of the year $9,552  $8,852 
Capitalization  7,921   5,863 
Amortization  (5,927)  (5,163)
         
End of the year $11,546  $9,552 
         
The following table represents the remaining estimated amortization of capitalized software costs as of March 31, 2010:
     
For the year ended March 31,    
2011 $5,729 
2012  3,783 
2013  1,768 
2014  266 
2015 and beyond   
     
Total $11,546 
     
9.  Composition of Certain Financial Statement Captions
Accounts receivable include amounts related to maintenance and services that were billed but not yet rendered as of the Compensation Committee (and opposed by the other two members) was distributed to our Board including our independent directors serving as our Special Compensation Committee as a result of the deadlock. Following approval by the Special Compensation Committee on June 23, 2008, the matter of the proposed 2009 compensation program was then reviewed, discussed and approved by the independent directors of our Board at the Board meeting on June 23, 2008. The compensation program includes base salaries and both cash and equity incentive compensation components. Additionally, an equity incentive compensation plan was adopted for key personnel other than our named executive officers. Our Compensation Committee has structured the EPS performance criteria and revenue growth criteria to require the named executive officers to exert increasingly greater efforts in order to earn increasingly higher potential cash and equity incentive compensation. Under the 2008 plan, none of the targets were ultimately achieved and no objective bonus amounts or cash or options were earned. The objective portion of the 2009 plan (applicable to Messrs. Silverman and Cline) is similar in structure to the 2008 plan (with some exceptions as to the revenue and EPS target amounts and amounts of cash bonus and options earned upon achieving lower-end revenue and EPS targets).

          Mr. Silverman has tendered his resignation from all positions with our company effective August 16, 2008 and is not expected to participate in the base salary, cash incentive or equity incentive components of our fiscal year 2009 compensation program. Mr. Silverman’s service on Board terminated on June 30, 2008.

          Future base salary levels for our named executive officers were set as follows:

Lou Silverman – $440,000 (unchanged from the prior year), effective November 1, 2008;

-10-



Paul Holt - $275,000 (to increase from $250,000), effective July 23, 2008;

Pat Cline - $600,000 (to increase from $495,000), effective November 1, 2008; and

Donn Neufeld - $225,000 (to increase from $194,000), effective June 1, 2008

          The cash incentive compensation componentend of the fiscal year 2009 compensation program for named executive officers providesyear. Undelivered maintenance and services are included on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as part of the deferred revenue balance.

         
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009 
 
Accounts receivable, excluding undelivered software, maintenance and services $72,500  $64,003 
Undeliverable software, maintenance and implementation services billed in advance, included in deferred revenue  39,447   29,944 
         
Accounts receivable, gross  111,947   93,947 
Allowance for doubtful accounts  (4,489)  (3,877)
         
Accounts receivable, net $107,458  $90,070 
         


84


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Inventories are summarized as follows:
         
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009 
 
Computer systems and components, net of reserve for obsolescence of $237 and $210, respectively $1,322  $1,105 
Miscellaneous parts and supplies  18   20 
         
Inventories, net $1,340  $1,125 
         
Equipment and improvements are summarized as follows:
         
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009 
 
Computer and electronic test equipment $18,599  $15,384 
Furniture and fixtures  5,136   3,520 
Leasehold improvements  1,969   1,595 
         
   25,704   20,499 
Accumulated depreciation and amortization  (17,272)  (13,743)
         
Equipment and improvements, net $8,432  $6,756 
         
Accrued compensation and related benefits are summarized as follows:
         
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009 
 
Payroll, bonus and commission $4,185  $5,768 
Vacation  4,766   3,743 
         
Accrued compensation and related benefits $8,951  $9,511 
         
Short and long-term deferred revenue are summarized as follows:
         
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009 
 
Maintenance $13,242  $8,776 
Implementation services  38,137   28,631 
Annual license services  8,214   7,988 
Undelivered software and other  4,516   2,189 
         
Deferred revenue $64,109  $47,584 
         
Deferred revenue, net of current $474  $521 
         


85


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
Other current liabilities are summarized as follows:
         
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009 
 
Contingent consideration related to acquisition $5,275  $ 
Care services liabilities  2,336   1,303 
Accrued EDI expense  2,000   1,258 
Customer deposits  1,036   674 
Accrued royalties  926   933 
Deferred rent  641   782 
Self insurance reserve  516    
Sales tax payable  506   602 
Commission payable  468   385 
Professional services  391   409 
Other accrued expenses  2,125   2,542 
         
Other accrued liabilities $16,220  $8,888 
         

10.  

Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) of $268 for the year ended March 31, 2010 consists predominantly of gains and losses in fair value recorded on the Company’s ARS investments as well as on its ARS put option rights. For the year ended March 31, 2010, the Company recognized a gain on the ARS of approximately $188 and a gain on the ARS put option rights of approximately $80. See Note 2.

for Lou Silverman, cash compensation of up to $440,000 may be earned based on meeting certain target increases EPS performance and revenue growth during the fiscal year as well as meeting certain operational requirements established by our Board of Directors. Of the total $440,000 potential cash compensation, 40% is allocated to the EPS performance criteria, 40% is allocated to the revenue growth criteria and the remaining 20% is discretionary and is subject to meeting the acquisition objectives established by our Board;

11.  

Income Taxes

During the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company claimed federal research and development tax credits of $605, $859 and $779, respectively, and state research and development tax credits of approximately $129, $166 and $113, respectively. Due to the expiration of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) statute related to research and development credits on December 31, 2009, the Company’s research and development credits for the year ended March 31, 2010 represent credits for the nine-month period from April 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009. The Company also claimed the qualified production activities deduction under Section 199 of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) for $4,133, $2,747 and $3,069 during the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The research and development credits and the qualified production activities income deduction taken by the Company involve certain assumptions and judgments regarding qualification of expenses under the relevant tax code provisions.


86


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following components:
             
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
Current:            
Federal taxes $23,750  $18,818  $18,120 
State taxes  5,043   4,992   4,348 
             
   28,793   23,810   22,468 
             
Deferred:            
Federal taxes  (768)  2,802   333 
State taxes  (186)  596   124 
             
   (954)  3,398   457 
             
Total $27,839  $27,208  $22,925 
             
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed at the federal statutory rate as follows:
             
  Year Ended March 31, 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
Current:            
Federal income tax statutory rate  35.0%  35.0%  35.0%
Increase (decrease) resulting from:            
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit  4.3   5.2   4.8 
Research and development tax credits  (0.9)  (1.3)  (1.3)
Qualified production activities income deduction  (2.0)  (1.4)  (1.8)
Other  0.1   (0.4)  (0.3)
             
Effective income tax rate  36.5%  37.1%  36.4%
             


87


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The net deferred tax assets (liabilities) in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following:
         
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009 
 
Deferred tax assets:        
Deferred revenue and allowance for doubtful accounts $5,577  $3,271 
Inventory valuation  115   100 
Purchased in-process research and development  601   912 
Accrued compensation and benefits  2,325   1,955 
Deferred compensation  783   789 
State income taxes  640   185 
Compensatory stock option expense  252   125 
Other  125   779 
         
Total deferred tax assets  10,418   8,116 
         
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Accelerated depreciation  (1,529)  (1,114)
Capitalized software  (4,806)  (4,126)
Intangibles assets  (6,938)  (1,412)
Prepaid expense  (2,326)  (2,036)
         
Total deferred tax liabilities  (15,599)  (8,688)
         
Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net $(5,181) $(572)
         
The deferred tax assets and liabilities have been shown net in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets based on the long-term or short-term nature of the items that give rise to the deferred amount. No valuation allowance has been made against the deferred tax assets as management expects to receive the full benefit of the assets recorded.
Uncertain tax positions
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, which is recorded in income taxes payable in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, is as follows:
     
Balance at March 31, 2008 $613 
Additions for prior year tax positions  15 
Reductions for prior year tax positions  (561)
     
Balance at March 31, 2009 $67 
Additions for prior year tax positions  598 
Reductions for prior year tax positions  (9)
     
Balance at March 31, 2010 $656 
     
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefit that, if recognized, would decrease the income tax provision is $656.
The Company’s continuing practice is to recognize estimated interestand/or penalties related to income tax matters in general and administrative expenses. The Company had approximately $59 and $12 of accrued interest related to income tax matters at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. No penalties were accrued.
The Company’s income tax returns filed for tax years 2006 through 2008 and 2005 through 2008 are subject to examination by the federal and state taxing authorities, respectively. The Company is currently not under examination by the IRS or any state income tax authority. The Company does not anticipate that total unrecognized


88


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
tax benefits will significantly change due to the settlement of audits or the expiration of statute of limitations within the next twelve months.

12.  

for Paul Holt, cash compensation of up to $80,000 may be earned based upon the achievement of certain qualitative goals as approved by our Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors;

for Pat Cline, cash compensation of up to $600,000 may be earned based on meeting certain target increases in EPS performance and revenue growth during the fiscal year as well as meeting certain operational requirements established by our Board of Directors. Of the total $600,000 potential cash compensation, 40% is allocated to the EPS performance criteria, 40% is allocated to the revenue growth criteria and the remaining 20% is discretionary and is subject to meeting the acquisition objectives established by our Board; and

for Donn Neufeld, cash compensation of up to $80,000 may be earned based upon the achievement of certain qualitative and quantitative goals related to both QSI Division performance and other corporate objectives as approved by our Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors. Of the total $80,000 potential cash compensation, payment of up to $60,000 is based on achievement of quantitative goals, and payment of the remaining $20,000 amount is discretionary based on achievement of qualitative goals.

Employee Benefit Plans

The equity incentive component of the compensation program for fiscal year 2009 provides that our named executive officers are eligible to receive an aggregate of up to 130,000 options to purchase common stock based on meeting certain target increases in EPS performance and revenue growth during the fiscal year as follows:

Mr. Silverman – 40,000 options;

Mr. Holt – 10,000 options;

Mr. Cline – 70,000 options; and

Mr. Neufeld – 10,000 options.

          Of the total 130,000 potential options, 50% are allocated to the EPS performance criteria and 50% are allocated to the revenue growth criteria. If earned, the options would be issued pursuant to one of the shareholder-approved option plans, have an exercise price equal to the closing price of our shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (or such other market upon which such shares then trade) as of the date of grant, a term of five years, vest in four equal, annual installments commencing one year following the date of grant and be granted pursuant to our standard stock option agreement.

Other Benefits

-11-



          We do not provide our named executive officers with perquisites and other personal benefits, as defined, other than those generally available to all employees who meet basic eligibility criteria and other than a $300 per month car allowance for Pat Cline.

          We haveCompany has a 401(k) plan available to substantially all of ourits employees. Participating employees may defer each year up to the IRS limit set inbased on the Internal Revenue Code.IRC per year. The annual company contribution is determined by a formula set by ourthe Company’s Board of Directors and may include matchingand/or discretionary contributions. The amount of the Company match is discretionary and subject to change. The retirement plans may be amended or discontinued at the discretion of our Board. Matching contributionsthe Board of Directors. Contributions of $371, $357 and $317 were made by the Company to the 401(k) plan for the named executive officers are included in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Endedfiscal years ended March 31, 2008.

          We have2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The Company has a deferred compensation plan available(the “Deferral Plan”) for the benefit of officers andthose employees who qualify for inclusion. The plan is described below in connection with the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Table Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2008 table.

          We have a voluntary employee stock purchase plan for the benefit of certain full-time employees. The plan is designed to allowParticipating employees to acquire shares of our common stock through automatic payroll deduction. Each eligible employee may authorize the withholding ofdefer up to 10%75% of his/her gross payroll each pay period to be used to purchase shares on the open market bytheir salary and 100% of their annual bonus for a broker designated by us.Deferral Plan year. In addition, we will match 5%the Company may, but is not required to, make contributions into the Deferral Plan on behalf of each employee’s contributionparticipating employees, and will pay all brokerage commissions and fees in connection with each purchase. Thethe amount of the companyCompany match is discretionary and subject to change. The plan is not intended to be an employee benefit plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008, none of our named executive officers participated in the employee stock purchase plan although all of our named executive officers met the plan’s eligibility requirements.

Tax and Accounting Implications

Deductibility of Executive Compensation.

          As part of its role, our Compensation Committee reviews and considers the deductibility of executive compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides that we may not deduct compensation of more than $1,000,000 that is paid to certain individuals unless the compensation qualifies as performance-based. Our Compensation Committee currently intends that all cash compensation paid will be tax deductible for us. However, with respect to equity compensation awards, while any gain recognized by employees from nonqualified options should be deductible, to the extent that an option constitutes an incentive stock option, gains recognized by the optionee will not be deductible if there is no disqualifying disposition by the optionee. In addition, if we grant restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards that are not subject to performance vesting, they may not be fully deductible by us at the time the award is otherwise taxable to the employee. Also, in certain situations, our Compensation Committee may recommend compensation that does not meet deductibility qualifications, in order to ensure competitive levels of total compensation for our executive officers. For fiscal year 2008, compensation paid to executives, even amounts in excess of $1,000,000 for any named executive officer, were deductible for federal income tax purposes as we considered compensation to be performance-based.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.

          On April 1, 2006, we began accounting for stock-based payments, including those under or equity incentive program, in accordance with the requirements of SFAS 123R. For further information regarding SFAS 123R, refer to Note 2 to the Financial Statements contained in our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008.

-12-



Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008

The following table provides information concerning the compensation for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008 and 2007 for our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, and our two Division heads, who were the only other executive officers whose total compensation exceeded $100,000 during fiscal year 2008 (collectively, the “named executive officers”).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name and
Principal
Position

 

Fiscal
Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)

 

Stock
Awards
($)

 

Option Awards
($) (1)

 

Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compen-
sation
($)

 

Change in Pension
Value
and
Nonquali-
fied
Deferred
Compen-
sation
Earnings
($) (2)

 

All Other
Compen-
sation
($) (3)

 

Total
($)

 

Louis E.

 

2008

 

$

416,667

 

$

 

$

 

$

426,331

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

2,350

 

$

845,348

 

Silverman,

 

2007

 

$

400,000

 

$

 

$

 

$

444,110

 

$

228,000

 

$

 

 

$

2,200

 

$

1,074,310

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul A. Holt,

 

2008

 

$

243,872

 

$

 

$

 

$

144,680

 

$

80,000

 

$

2,439

 

 

$

2,300

 

$

473,291

 

Chief Financial

 

2007

 

$

223,795

 

$

 

$

 

$

149,125

 

$

70,000

 

$

5,900

 

 

$

2,586

 

$

451,406

 

Officer and Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patrick B.

 

2008

 

$

468,750

 

$

 

$

 

$

695,340

 

$

110,000

 

$

4,688

 

 

$

6,531

 

$

1,285,309

 

Cline

 

2007

 

$

420,833

 

$

 

$

 

$

776,104

 

$

320,000

 

$

14,459

 

 

$

5,862

 

$

1,537,258

 

President, NextGen Healthcare Information Systems Division

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory Flynn

 

2008

 

$

173,252

 

$

 

$

 

$

102,970

 

$

 

$

1,733

 

 

$

1,675

 

$

279,630

 

Executive Vice

 

2007

 

$

228,833

 

$

 

$

 

$

210,389

 

$

70,000

 

$

7,004

 

 

$

2,346

 

$

518,572

 

President, General Manager of QSI Division(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



(1) The amount reflected in this column is the compensation cost we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes during fiscal 2008 under SFAS 123R for grants made in fiscal 2008 and prior years and does not include an estimate of forfeitures. Mr. Flynn forfeited 44,750 options. The fair value of each grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for the fiscal years indicated:

-13-



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

Dividend yield

 

2.7% - 3.4%

 

2.1% - 2.4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

 

42.4% - 44.8%

 

47.0% - 48.5%

 

47.7%

 

47.7% - 57.0%

 

55.0% - 57.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rates

 

2.5% - 5.1%

 

4.5% - 5.1%

 

3.7%

 

3.0% - 3.7%

 

3.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected option life (years)

 

3.75 - 4.01

 

3.75 - 4.75

 

4.0

 

4.0

 

4.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average fair value per share

 

12.4

 

14.3

 

15.2

 

7.2

 

8.2

 

 

(2) The amount reflected in this column represents our company’s contribution to the Nonqualified Deferred Compensation. Earnings are not included in this column as earnings are not considered above-market or preferential.

(3) The amount reflected in this column represents auto allowance and our company’s contributions to the 401(k) plan.

(4) Mr. Flynn passed away on September 26, 2007. Amounts represent the partial fiscal year during which he was employed by the Company.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008

The following table sets forth information regarding plan-based awards granted to our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2008.

Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards

Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards

All
Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)

All
Other
Option
Awards:
Number
of
Securit-
ies
Under-
lying
Options
(#)

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards

Name

Grant
Date

Thres-
hold
($) (1)

Target
($) (1)

Maximum
($) (2)

Thres-
hold
(#) (1)

Target
(#) (1)

Maximum
(#) (2) (6)

Louis E.
Silverman

$

475,000 (3)

  40,000

Paul A.
Holt

$

  80,000 (4)

  10,000

Patrick B.
Cline

$

550,000 (3)

100,000

Gregory
Flynn

$

  80,000 (5)

  10,000


(1) No threshold or target amounts were set. The actual cash and equity incentive compensation paid is described above under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Cash and Equity Incentive

-14-



Programs — Fiscal Year 2008 Incentive Program Payouts.” The actual cash incentive compensation paid is included in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table above. The compensation cost of the options actually awarded under the fiscal year 2008 equity incentive program is included in the “Option Awards” column of the Summary Compensation Table above. Information regarding the numbers of shares underlying the options actually awarded under the fiscal year 2008 equity incentive program accompanies footnote (6) to the Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End March 31, 2008 Table below.

(2) The amounts set forth in these columns reflects the maximum cash or share incentive awards possible under our cash and equity incentive programs for fiscal year 2008.

(3) The fiscal year 2008 cash incentive program provided for cash awards to Mr. Silverman and Mr. Cline based 20% upon qualitative factors determined by our Board in its discretion and 80% upon Board-established quantitative revenue and EPS growth objectives. The quantitative objectives were divided into four levels whereby 0%, 20%, 40%, 70% or 100% of the maximum estimated possible payout could be earned.

(4) The fiscal year 2008 cash incentive program provided for a cash award to Mr. Holt based upon the achievement of certain qualitative goals as approved by our Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors.

(5) The fiscal year 2008 cash incentive program provided for a cash award to Mr. Flynn based upon the achievement of certain qualitative and quantitative goals related to both QSI Division performance and other corporate objectives as approved by our Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors. Of the total $80,000 potential cash compensation, payment of up to $50,000 was based on achievement of quantitative goals, and payment of the remaining amount (up to the $80,000 total) was discretionary based on achievement of qualitative goals.

(6) The same quantitative revenue and EPS criteria referenced in footnote (3) above were adopted to determine eligibility for option grants under the fiscal year 2008 equity incentive program, with 50% of the available equity incentive tied to performance against Board-established EPS criteria and 50% of the available equity incentive tied to performance against Board-established revenue criteria.

Base Salary

Base salaries for the named executive officers are described above under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Base Salary.”

Cash and Equity Incentive Programs

Cash and equity incentive program payouts made to the named executive officers are described above under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Cash and Equity Incentive Programs.”

Employment Agreement with Louis E. Silverman

Mr. Silverman tendered his resignation from all positions with our company effective August 16, 2008. We are party to an employment agreement with Mr. Silverman dated as of July 20, 2000 (“effective date”) that details the terms of his employment as our Chief Executive Officer and President. Pursuant to the employment agreement, on the effective date we granted Mr. Silverman an option to purchase up to 497,040 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.9375 per share, which option vested in four equal annual installments commencing one year after the effective date, and on the one year anniversary of the effective date, we granted to Mr. Silverman an option to purchase up to 239,760 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.2475 per share, which option vested in four equal annual installments commencing on the second anniversary of the effective date.

-15-



The employment agreement provides that Mr. Silverman is eligible to earn and participate in all other benefit programs we offer, with the same eligibility requirements as would apply to any other executive of our company. However, we waived all waiting periods for health benefits and 401(k) benefits for Mr. Silverman.

The employment agreement contains confidentiality provisions, as well as post-termination non-solicitation and non-interference provisions that will run for two years and one year, respectively. Mr. Silverman’s employment under the employment agreement is at-will and may be terminated for any reason by him or by us upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the other party. However, the employment agreement contains various termination and change-in-control provisions as described below under “Potential Payments on Termination of Employment or Change-in-Control.”

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End March 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 















Name

 

Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable

 

Number
of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#)

 

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not
Vested
(#)

 

Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not
Vested
($)

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units
or Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
(#)

 

Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights That
Have Not
Vested
($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Louis E. Silverman

 

42,500

 

 

42,500

 (1)

 

 

$

19.3375

 

02/11/2012

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

22,000

 (5)

 

 

$

38.8300

 

06/12/2012

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul A. Holt

 

5,900

 

 

4,000

 (2)

 

 

$

11.8550

 

09/03/2009

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

16,000

 

 

12,750

 (1)

 

 

$

19.3375

 

02/11/2012

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

5,500

 (5)

 

 

$

38.8300

 

06/12/2012

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patrick B. Cline

 

9,000

 

 

 (3)

 

 

$

  3.8650

 

10/29/2008

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

20,000

 (2)

 

 

$

11.6675

 

06/10/2009

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

42,500

 

 

42,500

 (1)

 

 

$

19.3375

 

02/11/2012

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

3,750

 

 

11,250

 (4)

 

 

$

37.0900

 

08/11/2011

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

55,000

 (5)

 

 

$

38.8300

 

06/12/2012

 

 

$

 

 

$

 



(1) Option was granted February 11, 2005 and is vesting in four equal annual installments commencing one year after the grant date. Accordingly, the remaining unexercisable shares are scheduled to vest in one equal annual installment on February 11, 2009.

(2) Option was granted September 3, 2004 and is vesting in four equal annual installments commencing one year after the grant date. Accordingly, the remaining unexercisable shares are scheduled to vest in one equal annual installment on September 3, 2008.

-16-



(3) Option was granted October 29, 2003 and vested in four equal annual installments commencing one year after the grant date. Accordingly, there are no remaining unexercisable shares as all shares vested on October 29, 2007.

(4) Option was granted August 11, 2006 and vests in four equal annual installments commencing one year after the grant date. Accordingly, the remaining unexercisable shares are scheduled to vest on August 11, 2008, August 11, 2009 and August 11, 2010.

(5) Option was granted June 12, 2007 pursuant to our fiscal year 2007 equity incentive plan and vests in four equal annual installments commencing one year after the grant date. Accordingly, the unexercisable shares are scheduled to vest on June 12, 2009, June 12, 2010 and June 12, 2011.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008

The following table sets forth information regarding options exercised and stock awards vested during fiscal 2008 for our named executive officers. Value realized on exercise is based on the difference between the per share exercise price and the closing sale price of a share of our common stock on the exercise date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

 

 

Stock Awards

 

 

 

Name

 

Number of
Shares Acquired
on Exercise
(#)

 

Value Realized
on Exercise
($)

 

Number of
Shares Acquired
on Vesting
(#)

 

Value Realized
on Vesting
($)

 

Louis E. Silverman

 

85,000

 

 

$

1,656,863

 

 

 

 

Paul A. Holt

 

17,350

 

 

$

281,955

 

 

 

 

Patrick B. Cline

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Gregory Flynn

 

28,875

 

 

$

784,572

 

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

          We do not have any plans that provide for payments or other benefits at, following or in connection with the retirement of any named executive officer.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008

          The following table sets forth information regarding our defined contribution or other plan that provides for the deferral of compensation for any named executive officer on a basis that is not tax-qualified. Participating employees may defer between 5% and 50% of their compensation per plan year. In addition, we may but are not required to, make contributions into the deferral plan on behalf of participating employees. Each employee’s deferrals together with earnings thereon are accrued as part of the long-term liabilities of our company.the Company. Investment decisions are made by each participating employee from a family of mutual funds. Deferred compensation liability was $1,883 and $1,838 at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. To offset this liability, we havethe Company has purchased life insurance policies on some of ourthe participants. We areThe Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies and the cash values are intended to produce cash needed to help make the benefit payments to employees when they retire or otherwise leave our company. Distributions will be paid outthe Company. The Company intends to participants either upon retirement,hold the life insurance policy until the death termination of employment or upon termination of the nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Distribution will generally equal the deferral amount plus or minus earnings or losses and will be in the form of a lump sum of five annual installments as elected by the participant should the account balance exceed $25,000.

-17-



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($)

 

Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($)

 

Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY
($) (1)

 

Aggregate
Withdrawals
/Distributions
($)

 

Aggregate
Balance
at Last
FYE
($)

 

Louis E. Silverman

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Paul A. Holt

 

$

25,637

 

 

$

2,439

 

 

$

(5,502

)

 

$

 

 

$

75,276

 

 

Patrick B. Cline

 

$

35,813

 

 

$

4,688

 

 

$

(7,711

)

 

$

 

 

$

144,176

 

 

Gregory Flynn

 

$

8,663

 

 

$

1,733

 

 

$

4,221

 

 

$

(316,522

)

 

$

 

 



(1) No amounts were reported in the Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings column in the Summary Compensation Table above, as earnings are not considered above-market or preferential.

Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change-in-Control

plan participant. The following discussion and tables describe and illustrate potential payments to our named executive officers under existing contracts, agreements, plans or arrangements, whether written or unwritten, for various scenarios involving a change-in-control or termination of employment, assuming a March 31, 2008 termination date.

Louis E. Silverman Employment Agreement

Mr. Silverman resigned as a director effective June 30, 2008 and tendered his resignation from all other positions with our company to be effective August 16, 2008. Mr. Silverman’s employment agreement provides that his employment is at-will. Accordingly, Mr. Silverman’s employment may be terminated for any reason by him or us upon 60 days written notice to the other party, subject to the severance payments described below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits Payable to
Louis E. Silverman

 

Death or
Disability

 

Cause

 

Without Cause
or For Good
Reason

 

Termination Upon
Change-In-Control

 

Performance or other bonus earned and unpaid

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

Accelerated vesting of stock options (1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

169,837

 

 

$

679,346

 

 

Lump sum cash payment equal to six months of base compensation

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

220,000

 

 

$

220,000

 

 



(1) Represents the aggregatenet cash surrender value of the accelerated vestinglife insurance policies for deferred compensation was $2,670 and $1,715 at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The values of unvested stock options based solelythe life insurance policies and the related Company obligation are included on the intrinsic valueaccompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets in long-term other assets and long-term deferred compensation, respectively. The Company made contributions of $48, $29 and $29 to the Deferral Plan for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The Company has a voluntary employee stock contribution plan for the benefit of full-time employees. The plan is designed to allow qualified employees to acquire shares of the options as of March 31, 2008, calculated by multiplying (a) the difference between the fair market value of ourCompany’s common stock through automatic payroll deduction. Each eligible employee may authorize the withholding of up to 10% of his or her gross payroll each pay period to be used to purchase shares on March 31, 2008, which was $29.87, and the applicable exercise priceopen market by (b)a broker designated by the assumed number of option shares vesting on an accelerated basis on March 31, 2008.

          The employment agreement also provides for immediate vesting of an additional 25% of all unvested options granted pursuant to the employment agreement and a lump sum cash payment equal to

-18-



six months of base compensation if we breach the agreement.Company. In addition, the employment agreement provides for immediate vestingCompany will match 5% of 100% ofeach employee’s contribution and will pay all unvested options governed by the acceleration provisions of the employment agreement if there is a termination upon a change-in-control. The foregoing acceleration provisions apply to the outstanding options granted to Mr. Silverman in February 2005 but are not applicable to subsequent option grants.

          Below are descriptions of the key factors used to determine whether termination of employment under the employment agreement is due to disability, cause or good reason or constitutes a termination upon a change-in-control.

          “Disability” means that our Board, in its sole opinion, determines that Mr. Silverman is prevented from properly performing his duties under the employment agreement by reason of any physical or mental incapacity for a period of more than twelve consecutive weeks or for a cumulative period of 90 business days in any 18-month period.

          “Cause” means that Mr. Silverman engaged either (i) in any criminal conduct constituting a felony (or that involved dishonesty, breach of trust or moral turpitude)brokerage commissions and criminal charges are brought against him by a governmental authority or he enters a plea of nolo contendere (or similar plea) to such charges or (ii) knowingly and willfully engaged in activities that would constitute a material breach of any term of the employment agreement resulting in a material injury to our business condition, financial or otherwise, results of operations or prospects, as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors.

          “Good reason” exists if without Mr. Silverman’s prior written consent and in the absence of prior written notice of the Board’s intent to terminate for cause, one or more of the following events occurs:

we assign to Mr. Silverman any duties materially inconsistent with or that constitute a material change in his position, duties, responsibilities, or status with us, or a material change in his reporting responsibilities, title, or offices; or removal of him from or failure to re-elect him to any of such positions, except in connection with the termination of the period of employment by reason of his death or disability or cause;

we reduce his annual salary then in effect or materially diminish his position, duties, authority or status;

we act in any way that would adversely affect his participation in or materially reduce his benefits under any of our benefit plans in which he is participating or we deprive him of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by him, except in so far that our action or inaction (i) is also taken or not taken, as the case may be, in respect of all employees generally, (ii) is required by the terms of any benefit plan as in effect immediately before the action or inaction, or (iii) is necessary to comply with applicable law or to preserve the qualification of any benefit plan under section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;

we fail to remedy any non-compliance with any provisions of his employment agreement promptly, and in no event later than ten business days after our receipt of written notice of non-compliance from him; or

there is a material change in the nature or direction of our business or his place of employment.

          “Termination Upon a Change-in-Control” will be deemed to occur under the employment agreement upon either (i) the termination of Mr. Silverman without cause within 120 days prior to or 90 days after the event constituting a change-in-control; or (ii) at Mr. Silverman’s election, within 90 days of the event constituting the change-in-control, not to continue with the successor or surviving corporation.

-19-



A “change-in-control” is the earliest to occur of any of the following events:

the direct or indirect sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of 35% of more of our total assets to any person, entity or group;

our merger, consolidation or other business combination with another company with the effect that our shareholders immediately prior to the transaction hold less than 51% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the surviving company having the right to vote in the election of directors;

the replacement of a majority of the members of our Board of Directors in any given year without the approval of our Board of Directors as constituted at the beginning of the year; or

the purchase of 25% or more of the combined voting power of our outstanding securities having the right to vote in the election of directors by a person or group other than as a result of the purchase of securities by Ahmed Hussein or his affiliates of securities beneficially owned by Sheldon Razin or his affiliates or vice versa.

Arrangements with Other Named Executive Officers

          We are not a party to any contracts, agreements, plans or arrangements that would provide payments to Messrs. Holt, Cline or Neufeld at, following orfees in connection with any terminationeach purchase. The amount of employment, change-in-control, or change in responsibilities.

the Company match is discretionary and subject to change. The plan is not intended to be an employee benefit plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and is therefore not required to comply with that Act. Contributions of approximately $35, $14 and $28 were made by the Company for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

13.  Share-Based Awards
Employee Stock Option and Award ExercisabilityPlans

          Our Amended and Restated

In September 1998, Stock Option Plan (ourthe Company’s shareholders approved a stock option plan (the “1998 Plan”) providesunder which 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for the issuance of nonqualifiedoptions. The 1998 Plan provides that employees, directors and consultants of the Company may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or a duly designated compensation committee, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock. The exercise price of each option granted was determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant, and options under the 1998 Plan expire no later than ten years from the grant date. Options granted will generally become exercisable in accordance with the terms of the agreement pursuant to which they were granted. Certain option grants to directors became exercisable three months from the date of grant. Upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or asset sale, each


89


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
outstanding option may be subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances. The 1998 Plan terminated on December 31, 2007. As of March 31, 2010, there were 301,462 outstanding options related to this Plan.
In October 2005, the Company’s shareholders approved a stock option and incentive stock options. Our 2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (ourplan (the “2005 Plan”) providesunder which 2,400,000 shares of Common Stock were reserved for the issuance of numerous types of stock-based awards, including without limitation,stock options, incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, and performance units.

          Generally, exercisability of optionsunits (including performance options) and other share-based awards. The 2005 Plan provides that employees, directors and consultants of the Company may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors or a duly designated compensation committee, be granted awards granted under ourto acquire shares of Common Stock. The exercise price of each option plans terminate following terminationaward shall be determined by the Board of employment as describedDirectors at the date of grant in accordance with the table below. The consequences described in the column relating toterms of the 2005 Plan, apply except to the extent thatand under the 2005 Plan awards expire no later than ten years from the applicable awardgrant date. Options granted will generally become exercisable in accordance with the terms of the agreement pursuant to which they were granted. Upon an acquisition of the Company by merger or our Boardasset sale, each outstanding option may otherwise provide where permittedbe subject to accelerated vesting under certain circumstances. The 2005 Plan terminates on May 25, 2015, unless terminated earlier by the Board of Directors. At March 31, 2010, 1,771,185 shares were available for future grant under the 2005 Plan. As of March 31, 2010, there were 570,501 outstanding options related to this Plan.

A summary of stock option transactions during the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:
                 
        Weighted
    
     Weighted
  Average
  Aggregate
 
     Average
  Remaining
  Intrinsic
 
     Exercise
  Contractual
  Value
 
  Number of Shares  Price  Life  (In thousands) 
 
Outstanding, March 31, 2007  1,461,950  $18.46         
Granted  225,500  $38.78         
Exercised  (325,266) $14.64      $4,955 
Forfeited/Canceled  (58,450) $21.12         
                 
Outstanding, March 31, 2008  1,303,734  $22.81         
Granted  298,331  $38.71         
Exercised  (697,083) $17.96      $17,182 
Forfeited/Canceled  (84,900) $25.93         
                 
Outstanding, March 31, 2009  820,082  $32.39   3.63     
Granted  289,484  $58.44   7.75     
Exercised  (237,603) $24.64   2.49  $8,254 
Forfeited/Canceled               
                 
Outstanding, March 31, 2010  871,963  $43.15   4.51  $15,945 
                 
Vested and expected to vest, March 31, 2010  861,701  $43.10   4.50  $15,806 
                 
Exercisable, March 31, 2010  261,127  $31.92   2.49  $7,708 
                 


90

-20-



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

Reason for Termination

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The Company continues to utilize the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of share-based compensation after the adoption of ASC 718 with the following assumptions:
       
  Year Ended March 31,
  2010 2009 2008
 
Expected life 4.42 - 4.75 years 4.01 years 3.75 - 4.01 years
Expected volatility 45.49% - 47.65% 42.00% - 46.70% 42.37% - 44.81%
Expected dividends 1.90% - 2.20% 2.90% - 3.50% 2.67% - 3.38%
Risk-free rate 0.82% - 2.41% 1.07% - 3.40% 2.46% - 5.09%
During the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, 289,484 and 298,331 options were granted, respectively, under the 2005 Plan. The Company issues new shares to satisfy option exercises. Based on historical experience of option cancellations, the Company has estimated an annualized forfeiture rate of 1.7% for employee options and 0.0% for director options. Forfeiture rates will be adjusted over the requisite service period when actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the estimate. The weighted average grant date fair value of Employment

Exercisability Consequences Under
1998 Plan

2005 Plan




Voluntary resignation by employee or termination for cause by us

All options terminate immediately.

All unvested awards terminate immediately.

Retirement pursuant to a company retirement policy, if any, that we adopt

All options terminate immediately.

Options and stock appreciation rights remain exercisable (to the extent vested prior to retirement) until the earlier of the expiration of the award term or three years after retirement.

Termination without cause by us

Options remain exercisable (to the extent vested prior to termination) until the earlier of the expiration of the option term or 30 days after the termination of employment.

Options and stock appreciation rights remain exercisable (to the extent vested prior to termination) until the earlier of the expiration of the award term or three months after the termination of employment.

Disability

Options remain exercisable (to the extent vested prior to termination) until the earlier of the expiration of the option term or 365 days after the termination of employment.

Options and stock appreciation rights remain exercisable (to the extent vested prior to termination) until the earlier of the expiration of the award term or six months after the termination of employment.

Death during, or within a period specified in the option after the termination of, employment

Options remain exercisable (to the extent vested prior to termination) until the earlier of the expiration of the option term or 365 days after the date of death.

Options and stock appreciation rights remain exercisable (to the extent vested prior to termination) until the earlier of the expiration of the award term or six months after the date of death.

          For options granted pursuantduring the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $19.30, $11.22 and $12.41 per share, respectively. The expected dividend yield is the average dividend rate during a period equal to our 1998 Plan, ourthe expected life of the option.

On February 16, 2010, the Board hasof Directors granted a total of 121,059 options under the discretion to accelerate the vesting of any outstanding options held by our named executive officers and employees if no provision is made for the continuance of those plans and the assumption of options outstanding under those plans if we dissolve or are liquidated, if we are not the surviving entity in a merger, consolidation, acquisition or other reorganization, if we are the subject of a reverse merger in which more than 50% of our voting shares are converted into cash, property or the securities of another entity, or if we sell substantially all of our property or shares to another entity.

          Under ourCompany’s 2005 Plan our Board mayto selected employees at an exercise discretion at any time, whether before or afterprice equal to the grant, expiration, exercise, vesting or maturity of or lapse of restriction on an award or the termination of employment of a grantee, to amend any outstanding award or award agreement, including an amendment that would accelerate the time or times at which the award becomes unrestricted or may be exercised, or waive or amend any goals, restrictions or conditions set forth in the award agreement, subject to shareholder approval for any amendments involving repricing of awards.

          In addition, awards under our 2005 Plan will fully vest in connection with a change in control as defined in our 2005 Plan. Examples of changes in control under our 2005 Plan generally include, with various exceptions detailed in our 2005 Plan: any person becoming the beneficial owner of more than 50%market price of the combined voting power of our then outstanding securities; the consummation of certain mergers, consolidations, statutory share exchanges or similar forms of corporate transaction that require approval of our shareholders; our shareholders approving a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of our company; or the consummation of a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets other than a sale or disposition that would result in our voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent 50% or more of the combined voting power of our company or the surviving entity outstanding immediately after the sale or disposition; or in the case of directors, officers or employees who are entitled to the benefits of a change in control agreement or similar provisions within an agreement entered into by us or a related entity that defines or addresses change in control, “change in control” as defined in such agreement.

          Our 2005 Plan also provides that if, within two years after the occurrence of a change in control, a termination of employment occurs with respect to any grantee for any reason other than cause,

-21-



disability, death or retirement, the grantee will be entitled to exercise awards at any time thereafter until the earlier of (i) the date twelve months after the date of termination of employment and (ii) the expiration date in the applicable award agreement.

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008

          Our Director Compensation Program, which was most recently amended effective as of our 2006 annual shareholders meeting held September 20, 2006, provides that all non-employee directors receive a retainer of $30,000 per year plus a fee of $2,000 per Board meeting attended. Also, non-employee directors who serve on a committee of our Board receive a fee of $1,000 per committee meeting attended. In addition, each newly elected and re-elected non-employee director is to receive an option to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock upon each annual election date. The options are to be priced at the fair market value of ourCompany’s common stock on the date of grant ($56.95 per share). Of the total options, 118,059 options vest in five equal annual installments beginning February 16, 2011 and expire on February 16, 2018 and 3,000 options vest in two equal annual installments beginning February 16, 2011 and expire on February 16, 2013.

On December 7, 2009, the Board of Directors granted a total of 63,425 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($60.29 per share). The options vest in five equal annual installments beginning December 7, 2010 and expire on December 7, 2017.
On November 30, 2009, the Board of Directors granted a total of 75,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan, of which 53,000 were granted to selected employees and 22,000 options were granted as part of an earn-out provision relating to the acquisition of PMP (see Note 6), at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($59.49 per share). The options vest in five equal annual installments beginning November 30, 2010 and expire on November 30, 2017.
On September 17, 2009, the Board of Directors granted a total of 30,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to an employee at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($58.03 per share). The options vest in five equal annual installments beginning September 17, 2010 and expire on September 17, 2017.
On November 5, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 80,141 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($42.20 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments commencingbeginning November 5, 2009 and expire on November 5, 2013.
On September 9, 2008, the first anniversaryBoard of Directors granted a total of 35,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to non-management directors pursuant to the Company’s previously announced compensation plan for non-management directors, at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($45.61 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning September 9, 2009 and expire sevenon September 9, 2015.
On August 18, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 50,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to an employee at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($40.08 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning August 18, 2009 and expire on August 18, 2013.


91


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
On August 11, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 25,000 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($40.71 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning August 11, 2009 and expire on August 11, 2013.
On June 13, 2008, the Board of Directors granted a total of 108,190 options under the Company’s 2005 Plan to selected employees at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant ($32.79 per share). The options vest in four equal annual installments beginning June 13, 2009 and expire on June 13, 2013.
Performance-Based Awards
On May 27, 2009, the Board of Directors approved its fiscal 2010 equity incentive program for employees to be awarded options to purchase the Company’s common stock. The maximum number of options available under the equity incentive program plan is 320,000, of which 105,000 are reserved for the Company’s Named Executive Officers and 215,000 for non-executive employees of the Company. Under the program, executives are eligible to receive options based on meeting certain target increases in earnings per share performance and revenue growth during fiscal year 2010 and for one executive, a portion of the options is based on retention of employment status through the end of fiscal 2010. Under the program, the non-executive employees are eligible to receive options based on recommendation of senior management. The options shall be issued pursuant to one of the Company’s shareholder approved option plans, have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s shares on the date of grant, a term of eight years, fromvesting in five equal annual installments commencing one year following the date of grant. However, the options are to fully vest at the conclusion of the director’s term of service if the director is not re-elected to our Board, except where the failure to be re-elected results from either a voluntary withdrawal from Board service by the director or prior removal from our Board for cause under Section 304 of the California Corporations Code.

          The following table provides information concerning compensation for our non-employee directorsCompensation expense for the fiscalnon-executive options will commence when granted. Compensation expense associated with the executive performance based awards are initially based on the number of options expected to vest after assessing the probability that certain performance criteria will be met. Cumulative adjustments are recorded quarterly to reflect subsequent changes in the estimated outcome of performance-related conditions. The Company utilized the Black-Scholes option valuation model and the recorded stock compensation expense related to the executive performance awards was approximately $35 during the year ended March 31, 2008. Directors Silverman and Cline2010.

The following assumptions were employees of our company and thus receive no compensationutilized for their services as directors. The compensation received by Messrs. Silverman and Cline as employees of our company is described elsewhere in this Report. Mr. Silverman resigned as a director effective June 30, 2008 and tendered his resignation from all other positions with our company to be effective August 16, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)

 

Stock
Awards
($)

 

Option
Awards
($) (1)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)

 

Change
in Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)

 

All Other
Compensation
($)

 

Total
($)

 

Sheldon Razin

 

50,000

 

 

30,200

 

 

 

 

80,200

 

Ibrahim Fawzy

 

$

51,000

 

$

 

$

30,200

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

81,200

 

Edwin Hoffman

 

$

69,000

 

$

 

$

30,200

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

99,200

 

Ahmed Hussein

 

$

48,000

 

$

 

$

30,200

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

78,200

 

Vincent J. Love

 

$

66,000

 

$

 

$

30,200

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

96,200

 

Russell Pflueger

 

$

54,000

 

$

 

$

30,200

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

84,200

 

Steven Plochocki

 

$

66,000

 

$

 

$

30,200

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

96,200

 



(1)

The amount reflected in this column is the compensation cost we recognized for financial statement reporting purposes during fiscal 2007performance based awards under SFAS 123R for grants made in fiscal 2008 and prior years. The fair value of each grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for the fiscal years indicated:


-22-



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

 

 





Dividend yield

 

 

2.99

%

 

2.40

%

Expected volatility

 

 

42.79

%

 

48.50

%

Risk-free interest rates

 

 

3.35

%

 

4.70

%

Expected option life (years)

 

 

4.75

 

 

4.75

 

Weighted-average fair value per share

 

$

10.69

 

$

15.52

 

At March 31, 2008, the aggregate number of option awards outstanding for each of the directors named in the table was as follows:

Director Name

Shares
Underlying Options



Mr. Razin

54,000

Mr. Fawzy

34,000

Mr. Hoffman

10,000

Mr. Hussein

54,000

Mr. Love

44,000

Mr. Pflueger

10,000

Mr. Plochocki

54,000

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Plochocki, Hoffman, Pflueger and Fawzy. None of these individuals was,Company’s 2010 incentive plan during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010:

Year Ended
March 31, 2010
Expected life4.42 years
Expected volatility45.49%
Expected dividends2.20%
Risk-free rate2.32%
Non-vested stock option award activity, including employee stock options and performance-based awards, for the year ended March 31, 2010, is summarized as follows:
         
     Weighted
 
  Non-Vested
  Average
 
  Number of
  Fair Value
 
  Shares  Price 
 
Outstanding, April 1, 2009  465,345  $11.74 
Granted  289,484  $19.30 
Vested  (143,993) $12.03 
Forfeited/Canceled       
         
Outstanding, March 31, 2010  610,836  $15.26 
         
As of March 31, 2010, $7,995 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 5.38 years. This amount does not include the cost of new options


92


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
that may be granted in future periods or any changes in the Company’s forfeiture percentage. The total fair value of options vested during years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 an officer or employee of our company,was $1,732, $3,236 and none of these individuals formerly was an officer of our company. No member of our Board has a relationship that would constitute an interlocking relationship with executive officers and directors of another entity.

$1,345, respectively.

Independent Directors Compensation Committee ReportRestricted Stock Units

          Our Independent Directors Compensation Committee reviewed and discussed with management

On May 27, 2009, the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” contained in this Report. Based on that review and discussion, a majority of our Independent Directors Compensation Committee recommended to our Board of directors that the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”Directors approved its Outside Director Compensation Plan, whereby each non-employee Director is to be included in this Report.

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Steven Plochocki, Chairman
Edwin Hoffman Vincent Love Sheldon Razin Russell Pflueger Ibrahim Fawzy Ahmed Hussein

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

          Except as otherwise indicated in the related footnotes, the following table sets forth information with respectawarded shares of restricted stock units upon election or re-election to the beneficial ownership of our commonBoard. The restricted stock asunits are awarded under the 2005 Plan. Such restricted units vest in two equal, annual installments on the first and second anniversaries of the recordgrant date July 18, 2008, by:

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

each of our directors and director nominees;

-23-



each of the “named executive officers” named in the “Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008” contained in this Report; and

all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

          Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rulesand are nontransferable for one year following vesting. Upon each vesting of the Commission and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. To our knowledge, unless indicated by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to allaward, two shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Except as indicated inshall be issued for each restricted stock unit. The Company estimated the footnotes tofair value of the table below, sharesrestricted stock units using the market price of its common stock underlying options, if any, that currently are exercisable or are scheduled to become exercisable for shares of common stock within 60 days afteron the date of the table are deemed to be outstanding in calculatinggrant ($53.86 per share on August 13, 2009, the percentage ownershipgrant date). The fair value of each listed person or group but are not deemed to be outstanding as to any other person or group. Percentage of beneficial ownershipthese restricted units is basedamortized on 27,765,027 shares of common stock outstanding as of July 11, 2008.

          Unless otherwise indicated,a straight-line basis over the address of each of the beneficial owners named in the table is c/o Quality Systems, Inc., 18111 Von Karman Avenue, Suite 600, Irvine, California 92612. Messrs. Razin, Cline, Kaplan, Love, Plochocki and Pflueger are current directors of our company and are director nominees. Messrs. Bristol and Smith are not currently directors but are director nominees. Messrs. Hussein, Hoffman and Fawzy are current directors but, for reasons described below under the discussion of Proposal No. 1, Election of Directors, were not renominated for election as directors. Messrs. Cline, Silverman, Neufeld and Holt are executive officers of our company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Number of Shares
of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned

 

Percent of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned

 

Sheldon Razin

 

5,179,380

 (1)

 

18.6

%

 

Ahmed Hussein

 

4,654,100

 (2)

 

16.7

%

 

Patrick B. Cline

 

164,250

 (3)

 

 

*

 

Louis E. Silverman

 

82,400

 (4)

 

 

*

 

Edwin Hoffman

 

2,500

 (5)

 

 

*

 

Vincent J. Love

 

46,500

 (6)

 

 

*

 

Steven T. Plochocki

 

46,500

 (7)

 

 

*

 

Ibrahim Fawzy

 

26,500

 (8)

 

 

*

 

Donn Neufeld

 

29,150

 (9)

 

 

*

 

Paul A. Holt

 

29,275

 (10)

 

 

*

 

Russell Pflueger

 

2,500

 (11)

 

 

*

 

Philip N. Kaplan

 

 

 

 

*

 

George Bristol

 

 

 

 

*

 

Robert L. Smith

 

 

 

 

*

 

Columbia Wanger Asset Management

 

2,601,000

 (12)

 

9.4

%

 

FMR LLC

 

1,890,501

 (13)

 

6.8

%

 

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (14 persons)

 

10,263,055

 (14)

 

36.5

%

 



*

Represents less than 1.0%.

(1)

Includes 46,500 shares underlying options.

(2)

Includes 46,500 shares underlying options.

(3)

Includes 112,750 shares underlying options.

(4)

Includes 5,500 shares underlying options.

(5)

Includes 2,500 shares underlying options.

-24-



(6)

Includes 36,500 shares underlying options and 10,000 shares owned by Mr. Love’s wife.

(7)

Includes 46,500 shares underlying options.

(8)

Includes 26,500 shares underlying options.

(9)

Includes 3,400 shares underlying options.

(10)

Includes 23,275 shares underlying options.

(11)

Includes 2,500 shares underlying options.

(12)

Power to vote or dispose of the shares beneficially owned by Columbia Wanger Asset Management LP. The address for Columbia Wanger Asset Management LP is 227 West Monroe Street, Suite 3000, Chicago, IL 60606. Number of shares of common stock beneficially owned is based upon Form 13G/A filed on May 9, 2008 and executed by Bruce H. Lauer, (i) Senior Vice President and Secretary, of  WAM Acquisition GP, Inc., its General Partner and (ii) Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer of Columbia Acron Trust .

 (13)  Power to vote or dispose of the shares beneficially owned by FMR LLC is held by Edward C. Johnson as Chairman of FMR LLC The address for FMR LLC is 82 Devonshire Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. Number of shares of common stock beneficially owned is based upon Form 13G/A filed on February 14, 2008.

(14)

Includes 352,425 shares underlying options.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table sets forth information about our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options under all of our equity compensation plans asvesting period. As of March 31, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Category

 

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)

 

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)

 

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)

 

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders

 

1,303,734

 (1)

 

$

22.81

 

1,175,000

 (2)

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

    —

 

 

 

Total

 

1,303,734

 (1)

 

$

22.81

 

1,175,000

 (2)

 



(1) Represents shares of common stock underlying options outstanding under our 1998 Plan and our 2005 Plan.

(2) Represents shares of common stock available for issuance under options or awards that may be issued under our 2005 Plan. The material features of these plans are described in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.

-25-



ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Review, Approval or Ratification2010, 8,000 restricted units were issued and approximately $136 of Transactions with Related Persons

          During fiscalcompensation expense was recorded under this Plan during the year 2008, our Transaction Committee was responsible for reviewing and approving transactions withended March 31, 2010.

As of March 31, 2010, $295 of total unrecognized compensation costs related persons. Our Audit Committee has responsibility for reviewing all transactions with related persons.

          Our Board and Audit Committee have adopted written related party transaction policies and procedures relating to approval or ratification of transactions with related persons. Under the policies and procedures, our Audit Committee is to review the material facts of all related party transactions that require our Audit Committee’s approval and either approve or disapprove of our entry into the related party transactions, subject to certain exceptions, by taking into account, among other factors the committee deems appropriate, whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. No director may participate in any discussion or approval of a related party transaction for which he or she is a related party. If an interested transaction will be ongoing, the committee may establish guidelines for our management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the related party and then at least annually must review and assess ongoing relationships with the related party.

          Under the policies and procedures, a “related party transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) in which the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $30,000 in any calendar year, we are a participant, and any related party has or will have a direct or indirect interest. A “related party” is any person who is or was since the beginning of our last fiscal year an executive officer, director or Board-approved nominee for election as a director and inclusion in our proxy statement at our next annual shareholders’ meeting, any greater than 5% beneficial owner of our commonrestricted stock known to us through filings with the Commission, any immediate family member of any of the foregoing, or any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a partner or principal or holds a similar position or in which such person has a 5% or greater beneficial ownership interest. “Immediate family member” includes a person’s spouse, parents, stepparents, children, stepchildren, siblings, mothers- and fathers-in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, and brothers- and sisters-in-law and anyone residing in such person’s home (other than a tenant or employee).

          Our Audit Committee has reviewed and pre-approved certain types of related party transactions described below. In addition, our Board has delegated to the Chair of our Audit Committee the authority to pre-approve or ratify (as applicable) any related party transaction in which the aggregate amount involvedunits is expected to be less than $15,000. Pre-approved interested transactions include:

recognized over a weighted average period of 1.37 years. This amount does not include the cost of new restricted stock units that may be granted in future periods or any changes in the Company’s forfeiture percentage. During the year ended March 31, 2010, no restricted stock units became vested.

14.  

Employment of executive officers if the related compensation is required to be reported in our proxy statement or if the executive officer is not an immediate family member of another executive officer or a director of our company, the related compensation would be reported in our proxy statement if the executive officer was a “named executive officer,”Commitments, Guarantees and our compensation committee approved (or recommended that our Board approve) the compensation.

Any compensation paid to a director if the compensation is required to be reported in our proxy statement.

Contingencies

-26-



Any transaction with another enterprise at which a related party’s only relationship is as an employee (other than an executive officer), director or beneficial owner of less than 5% of that enterprise, if the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the greater of $30,000 or 5% of that enterprise’s total annual revenues.

Any charitable contribution, grant or endowment by use to a charitable organization, foundation or university at which a related party’s only relationship is as an employee (other than an executive officer) or a director, if the aggregate amount involved does not exceed the lesser of $10,000 or 5% of the charitable organization’s total annual receipts.

Any transaction where the related party’s interest arises solely from the ownership of our common stock and all holders of our common stock received the same benefit on a pro rata basis (e.g., dividends or stock splits).

Any transaction over which the related party has no control or influence on our decision involving that related party where the rates or charges involved are determined by competitive bids.

Any transaction with a related party involving the rendering of services as a common or contract carrier, or public utility, at rates or charges fixed in conformity with law or governmental authority, or services made available on the same terms and conditions to persons who are not related parties.

Related Person Transactions

Indemnification AgreementsRental Commitments

          We are party

The Company leases facilities and offices under irrevocable operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through May 2017 with rent escalation clauses. Rent expense related to indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our articles of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers tothese leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the fullest extent permitted by California law.

Employment Arrangements

          David Razin, who is Vice President EDI Services of our company, is the son of Sheldon Razin, our Chairman of the Board. David Razin earned approximately $149,022 in salary and bonus during that portion of fiscal year 2008 in which he was employed by the Company. David Razin resigned from the Company in January 2008.

          Kim Cline, Vice President of Client Services at our NextGen Healthcare Information System subsidiary, is the sister of Patrick Cline, President of our NextGen Healthcare Information System Division. Kim Cline earned approximately $203,447 in salary and bonus during fiscal year 2008.

Director Independence

          The following persons are deemed to be independent directors of our company: Ibrahim Fawzy; Edwin Hoffman; Ahmed Hussein; Philip Kaplan; Russell Pflueger; Steven Plochocki; Vincent Love; and Sheldon Razin.

-27-



ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Audit and Non-Audit Fees

          The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed to us by Grant Thornton, LLP, our principal accountant, for professional services rendered in the audit of our consolidated financial statementslease terms. Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $4,264, $3,560 and 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Audit fees

 

$

890,000

 

$

1,013,000

 

Audit-related fees

 

$

 

$

 

Tax fees

 

$

 

$

 

All other fees

 

$

 

$

 

$2,737, respectively. Rental commitments under these agreements are as follows:

     
Year Ended March 31,    
2011 $4,413 
2012  4,565 
2013  4,577 
2014  3,963 
2015 and beyond  7,215 
     
  $24,733 
     
          Audit Fees.Commitments and Guarantees Audit fees consist
Software license agreements in both the QSI and NextGen Divisions include a performance guarantee that the Company’s software products will substantially operate as described in the applicable program documentation for a period of fees billed365 days after delivery. To date, the Company has not incurred any significant costs associated with its performance guarantee or other related warranties and does not expect to incur significant warranty costs in the future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for professional servicespotential costs associated with these warranties. Certain arrangements also include performance guarantees related to response time, availability for auditoperational use, and other performance-related guarantees. Certain arrangements also include penalties in the form of our consolidated financial statements and reviewmaintenance credits should the performance of the interim consolidated financial statements includedsoftware fail to meet the performance guarantees. To date, the Company has not incurred any significant costs associated with these warranties and does not expect to incur significant warranty costs in our quarterly reportsthe future. Therefore, no accrual has been made for potential costs associated with these warranties.


93


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The Company has historically offered short-term rights of return in certain sales arrangements. If the Company is able to estimate returns for these types of arrangements and servicesall other criteria for revenue recognition have been met, revenue is recognized and these arrangements are recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements. If the Company is unable to estimate returns for these types of arrangements, revenue is not recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements until the rights of return expire, provided also, that are normally providedall other criteria of revenue recognition have been met.
The Company’s standard sales agreements in the NextGen Division contain an indemnification provision pursuant to which it shall indemnify, hold harmless, and reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by an independent registered public accounting firmthe indemnified party in connection with statutoryany United States patent, any copyright or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to its software. The QSI Dental Division arrangements occasionally utilize this type of language as well. As the Company has not incurred any significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements, the Company believes that its estimated exposure on these agreements is currently minimal. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these indemnification obligations.
The Company has entered into marketing assistance agreements with existing users of the Company’s products which provide the opportunity for those users to earn commissions if they host specific site visits upon the Company’s request for prospective customers that directly result in a purchase of the Company’s software by the visiting prospects. Amounts earned by existing users under this program are treated as a selling expense in the period when earned.
Litigation
The Company has experienced certain legal claims by parties asserting that it has infringed certain intellectual property rights. The Company believes that these claims are without merit and regulatory filingsthe Company has defended them vigorously. However, in order to avoid the further legal costs and diversion of management resources it is reasonably possible that a settlement may be reached which could result in a liability to the Company. However, at this time it is not possible to estimate with reasonable certainty what amount, if any, may be incurred as a result of a settlement. Litigation is inherently uncertain and always difficult to predict.
15.  Operating Segment Information
The Company has prepared operating segment information in accordance with ASC 280 to report components that are evaluated regularly by its chief operating decision maker, or engagements.decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.
As a result of certain organizational changes, the composition of the Company’s NextGen Division was revised to exclude the former NextGen Practice Solutions unit and the Company’s RCM entities (HSI and PMP), both of which are now administered and aggregated in the Company’s Practice Solutions Division. Following the reorganization, the Company now operates three reportable operating segments (not including Corporate), comprised of the NextGen Division, the QSI Dental Division and the Practice Solutions Division.
Prior period segment results were revised to reflect this reorganization for the Company’s NextGen Division and Practice Solution Division. The results of operations related to the HSI and PMP acquisitions are included in the Practice Solutions Division. The results of operations related to the Opus and Sphere acquisitions are included in the NextGen Division.
The QSI Dental Division, co-located with the Company’s Corporate Headquarters in Irvine, California, currently focuses on developing, marketing and supporting software suites sold to dental and certain niche medical practices. In addition, the Division supports a number of medical clients that utilize the Division’s UNIX based medical practice management software product.


94


          Audit-Related Fees. No audit-related fees were incurred for fiscal years 2008QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
The NextGen Division, with headquarters in Horsham, Pennsylvania, and 2007.

          Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professionalsignificant locations in Atlanta, Georgia and Austin, Texas, focuses principally on developing and marketing products and services for tax compliance, tax advicemedical practices.

The Practice Solutions Division, with locations in St. Louis, Missouri and tax planning. TheseHunt Valley, Maryland, focuses primarily on providing physician practices with RCM services, include assistance regarding federal, stateprimarily billing and international tax compliance, tax audit defense, customscollection services for medical practices. This Division combines a web-delivered SaaS model and duties, mergersthe NextGenepm software platform to execute its service offerings.
The three Divisions operate largely as stand-alone operations, with each Division maintaining its own distinct product lines, product platforms, development, implementation and acquisitions,support teams, sales staffing and international tax planning.

          All Other Fees. Nobranding. The three Divisions share the resources of the Company’s “corporate office” which includes a variety of accounting and other fees were incurredadministrative functions. Additionally, there are a small but growing number of clients who are simultaneously utilizing software or services from more than one of its three Divisions.

The accounting policies of the Company’s operating segments are the same as those described in Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” except that the disaggregated financial results of the segments reflect allocation of certain functional expense categories consistent with the basis and manner in which Company management internally disaggregates financial information for fiscal years 2008 or 2007.

Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approvalthe purpose of Auditassisting in making internal operating decisions. Certain corporate overhead costs, such as executive and Non-Audit Services

          Our Audit Committee’s policy is to preapprove all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for us by our independent registered public accounting firm, subjectdepartment personnel-related expenses, are not allocated to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in Section 10A(i)(1)(B)individual segments by management. Management evaluates performance based on stand-alone segment operating income. Because the Company does not evaluate performance based on return on assets at the operating segment level, assets are not tracked internally by segment. Therefore, segment asset information is not presented.

Operating segment data is as follows:
             
  March 31,
  March 31,
  March 31,
 
  2010  2009  2008 
 
Revenue:            
QSI Dental Division $17,128  $15,851  $16,037 
NextGen Division  231,621   203,954   170,463 
Practice Solutions Division  43,062   25,710    
             
Consolidated revenue $291,811  $245,515  $186,500 
             
Operating income:            
QSI Dental Division $3,460  $3,385  $3,662 
NextGen Division  88,108   81,323   66,558 
Practice Solutions Division  2,314   2,455    
Unallocated corporate expense  (18,158)  (14,760)  (10,831)
             
Consolidated operating income $75,724  $72,403  $59,389 
             
All of the Exchange Actrecorded goodwill at March 31, 2010 relates to the Company’s NextGen Division and Practice Solutions Division. As a result of the reorganization discussed above, the goodwill relating to the fiscal year 2009 acquisitions of HSI and PMP is now recorded in the Practice Solutions Division. The goodwill relating to the acquisitions of Opus and Sphere is recorded in the NextGen Division.


95


QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
16.  Subsequent Events
On May 26, 2010, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.30 per share on the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, payable to shareholders of record as of June 17, 2010 with an expected distribution date on or about July 6, 2010.
17.  Selected Quarterly Operating Results (unaudited)
The following table presents quarterly unaudited consolidated financial information for the eight quarters in the period ended March 31, 2010. Such information is presented on the same basis as the annual information presented in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. In management’s opinion, this information reflects all adjustments that are approved by our Audit Committee prior to the completionnecessary for a fair presentation of the audit.results for these periods.
                                 
  Quarter Ended 
  06/30/08  09/30/08  12/31/08  03/31/09  06/30/09  09/30/09  12/31/09  03/31/10 
  (Unaudited) 
 
Revenues:                                
Software, hardware and supplies $21,369  $21,297  $22,336  $20,384  $17,776  $22,856  $24,346  $24,783 
Implementation and training services  3,585   3,486   2,675   3,629   3,457   3,380   3,313   4,226 
                                 
System sales  24,954   24,783   25,011   24,013   21,233   26,236   27,659   29,009 
Maintenance  17,136   17,234   19,152   19,340   21,640   21,475   22,139   23,938 
Electronic data interchange services  6,670   6,985   8,008   7,859   8,161   8,796   8,897   9,181 
Revenue cycle management and related services  1,957   4,527   6,835   8,112   8,992   8,888   9,602   9,183 
Other services  4,507   5,452   6,473   6,507   6,612   6,303   6,665   7,202 
                                 
Maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services  30,270   34,198   40,468   41,818   45,405   45,462   47,303   49,504 
                                 
Total revenues  55,224   58,981   65,479   65,831   66,638   71,698   74,962   78,513 
                                 
Cost of revenue:                                
Software, hardware and supplies  3,486   3,395   3,030   3,273   2,704   3,737   2,810   2,864 
Implementation and training services  3,015   2,626   2,143   2,502   2,881   3,296   2,898   2,908 
                                 
Total cost of system sales  6,501   6,021   5,173   5,775   5,585   7,033   5,708   5,772 
Maintenance  3,082   2,947   2,826   3,004   3,025   3,255   3,392   3,667 
Electronic data interchange services  4,891   5,256   5,541   5,686   5,890   6,164   6,525   6,683 
Revenue cycle management and related services  1,305   3,132   4,475   5,762   6,522   6,856   7,124   7,213 
Other services  3,448   3,866   5,085   5,114   4,867   5,003   5,560   4,963 
                                 
Total cost of maintenance, EDI, RCM and other services  12,726   15,201   17,927   19,566   20,304   21,278   22,601   22,526 
                                 
Total cost of revenue  19,227   21,222   23,100   25,341   25,889   28,311   28,309   28,298 
                                 
Gross profit  35,997   37,759   42,379   40,490   40,749   43,387   46,653   50,215 


96

-28-



QUALITY SYSTEMS, INC.

INDEXNOTES TO EXHIBITSCONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                 
  Quarter Ended 
  06/30/08  09/30/08  12/31/08  03/31/09  06/30/09  09/30/09  12/31/09  03/31/10 
  (Unaudited) 
 
Operating expenses:                                
Selling, general and administrative  15,182   18,000   18,276   17,952   20,093   20,061   21,574   25,223 
Research and development costs  3,119   3,342   3,624   3,692   3,977   4,346   3,954   4,269 
Amortization of acquired intangible assets  70   283   325   357   357   367   377   682 
                                 
Total operating expenses  18,371   21,625   22,225   22,001   24,427   24,774   25,905   30,174 
                                 
Income from operations  17,626   16,134   20,154   18,489   16,322   18,613   20,748   20,041 
Interest income  374   340   328   161   78   59   43   46 
Other income           (279)  58      136   74 
                                 
Income before provision for income taxes  18,000   16,474   20,482   18,371   16,458   18,672   20,927   20,161 
Provision for income taxes  6,886   5,975   7,332   7,015   6,112   6,852   7,775   7,100 
                                 
Net income $11,114  $10,499  $13,150  $11,356  $10,346  $11,820  $13,152  $13,061 
                                 
Net income per share:                                
Basic* $0.40  $0.38  $0.46  $0.40  $0.36  $0.41  $0.46  $0.45 
Diluted* $0.40  $0.37  $0.46  $0.40  $0.36  $0.41  $0.46  $0.45 
Weighted average shares outstanding:                                
Basic  27,465   27,930   28,340   28,393   28,492   28,597   28,667   28,784 
Diluted  27,771   28,211   28,473   28,526   28,635   28,742   28,833   28,929 
Dividends declared per common share $0.25  $0.30  $0.30  $0.30  $0.30  $0.30  $0.30  $0.30 

Exhibit
Number

Description



3.1

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California on September 8, 1989, are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-00161) filed January 11, 1996.

3.2

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 4, 2005, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

3.3

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective October 6, 2005 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 11, 2005.

3.4

Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Quality Systems, Inc. filed with the Secretary of State of California effective March 3, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006.

3.5

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Quality Systems, Inc., as amended and restated effective May 25, 2005, are hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

3.6

Certificate of Amendment of Bylaws of the Company effective September 20, 2006 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 25, 2006.

3.7

Amended Exhibit A to Amended and Restated Bylaws, adopted by the registrant’s Board of Directors on May 31, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007.

3.8

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Quality Systems, Inc., effective May 29, 2008 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 2, 2008.

10.1

*

Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

10.2

*

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.

10.3

*

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q for the quarter ended September 20, 2004.

-29-



Exhibit
Number

Description



10.4

*

2005 Stock Option and Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 5, 2005.

10.5

*

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007.

10.6

*

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 5, 2007.

10.7

*

1993 Deferred Compensation Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended March 31, 1994.

10.8

*

1998 Employee Stock Contribution Plan is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-63131).

10.9

*

Employment Agreement dated July 20, 2000 between Quality Systems, Inc. and Lou Silverman is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000.

10.10

*

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers authorized January 27, 2005 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

10.11

Lease Agreement between Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated November 15, 2000, commencing February 5, 2001 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001.

10.12

Fourth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated September 22, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.

10.13

Fifth Amendment to lease agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated January 31, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.14

Lease Agreement between Company and Orangewood Business Center Inc. dated April 3, 2000, amended February 22, 2001, is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001.

10.15

Lease Agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 8, 2002 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003.

10.16

Second Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated February 14, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.

-30-



Exhibit
Number

Description



10.17

Amended and Restated Second Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated May 31, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.18

Lease Agreement between the Company and LakeShore Towers Limited Partnership Phase IV, a California limited partnership, dated September 15, 2004 is hereby incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2005.

10.19

Lease agreement between the Company and Von Karman Michelson Corporation dated September 6, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2006.

10.20

Office lease between the Company and SLTS Grand Avenue, L.P. dated May 3, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.21

*

Board Service Agreement between the Company and Lou Silverman is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated May 31, 2005.

10.22

*

Board Service Agreement between the Company and Patrick Cline is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 31, 2005.

10.23

*

Director Compensation Program approved May 25, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 30, 2006.

10.24

Settlement Agreement dated as of August 8, 2006 between the registrant and Ahmed Hussein is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 9, 2006.

10.25

*

Description of Compensation Program for Named Executive Officers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.26

*

Description of Compensation Program for Named Executive Officers for Fiscal Year Ending March 31, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007.

10.27

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 16, 2008 by and among Quality Systems, Inc., Bud Merger Sub, LLC and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.

10.28

Office lease between the Company and Lakeshore Towers Limited Partnership Phase II, a California limited partnership, dated October 18, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.

-31-



Exhibit
Number

Description



10.29

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated November 28, 2001 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.

10.30

First Amendment to Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.

10.31

Standard Service Center Lease Agreement between the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, LLC, dated November 28, 2001 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.

10.32

Second Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between the TM Properties, LLC, successor to the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated August 17, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.

10.33

Assignment of Lease between InfoNow Solutions of St. Louis, Lackland Acquisition II, LLC and TM Properties, LLC dated August 17, 2005 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.

21

List of subsidiaries is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.

23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Grant Thornton LLP is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.

31.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed as Exhibit 31.1 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

31.2

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed as Exhibit 31.1 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008.

31.3

*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted PursuantQuarterly EPS will not sum to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **

31.4

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuantannual EPS due to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **

32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is filed as Exhibit 32.1 to the registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2008 filed June 12, 2008.



*  This exhibit is a management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement.

**   Filed herewith.

rounding

-32-97


Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
                 
  Balance at
 Additions
   Balance at
  Beginning of
 Charged to Costs
   End of
  Year and Expenses Deductions Year
  (In thousands)
 
For the Year Ended                
March 31, 2010 $3,877  $3,465  $(2,853) $4,489 
March 31, 2009 $2,528  $2,089  $(740) $3,877 
March 31, 2008 $2,438  $1,171  $(1,081) $2,528 
ALLOWANCE FOR INVENTORY OBSOLESCENCE
                 
  Balance at
 Additions
   Balance at
  Beginning of
 Charged to Costs
   End of
  Year and Expenses Deductions Year
  (In thousands)
 
For the Year Ended                
March 31, 2010 $210  $27  $  $237 
March 31, 2009 $223  $  $(13) $210 
March 31, 2008 $324  $52  $(153) $223 

SIGNATURES
98

          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

By: /s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN


Louis E. Silverman,

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: July 28, 2008

          Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Amendment No. 1 to Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on our behalf in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date




/s/ Sheldon Razin*

July 28, 2008


Sheldon Razin

Chairman of the Board and Director

/s/ Louis E. Silverman

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal
Executive Officer)

July 28, 2008


Louis E. Silverman

/s/ Paul A. Holt*

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer) and Secretary

July 28, 2008


Paul A. Holt

/s/ Patrick B. Cline*

President, NextGen Healthcare Information
Systems Division, and Director

July 28, 2008


Patrick B. Cline

/s/ Edwin Hoffman*

July 28, 2008


Edwin Hoffman

Director

/s/ Vincent J. Love*

July 28, 2008


Vincent J. Love

Director

/s/ Russell Pflueger*

July 28, 2008


Russell Pflueger

Director

/s/ Steven T. Plochocki*

July 28, 2008


Steven T. Plochocki

Director


*By:

/s/ LOUIS E. SILVERMAN


  Louis E. Silverman, Attorney-In-Fact

-33-



INDEX TO EXHIBITS FILED WITHATTACHED TO THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FORM 10-KREPORT
     
Exhibit
  
Number
 
Description
 
 10.36 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 10, 2010, by and among Quality Systems, Inc., OHS Merger Sub, Inc., Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., and the Shareholders of Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc.
 10.37 Sixth Amendment to Lease Agreement between the Company and Tower Place, L.P. dated April 1, 2010.
 10.38 Third Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated January 1, 2010.
 10.39 Fourth Amendment to Office Lease agreement between the Company and HUB Properties LLC dated March 17, 2010.
 10.40 Third Amendment to Service Center Lease Agreement between the TM Properties, LLC, successor to the Lincoln National Life Insurance Company and Lackland Acquisition II, LLC, dated March 15, 2010.
 10.41 Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between Hill Management Services, Inc. and Practice Management Partners, Inc., dated November 1, 2009.
 10.42 Modification of Lease #1 between Olen Commercial Realty Corp. and NXG Acute Care LLC, dated October 13, 2009.
 10.43 Lease between Olen Commercial Realty Corp. and NXG Acurate Care LLC, dated October 1, 2009.
 10.44 Sublease Agreement between Centex Homes and Opus Healthcare Solutions, Inc., dated February   , 2009.
 21  List of subsidiaries.
 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 23.2 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm — Grant Thornton LLP.
 31.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required byRule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 31.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required byRule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


99




EXHIBIT NUMBER

EXHIBIT







31.3

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.




31.4

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as Adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.




-34-